1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
8 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
9 <mark@codesourcery.com>
10 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
11 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
13 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
15 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
16 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
17 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
18 (at your option) any later version.
20 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
21 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
22 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
23 GNU General Public License for more details.
25 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
26 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
27 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
28 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
31 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
36 #include "libiberty.h"
38 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
40 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
51 There are three types of entry:
53 (1) absolute addresses
55 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
56 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
57 (3) SYMBOL addresses, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
58 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
60 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
61 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
62 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
63 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
64 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
65 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
67 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
68 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
69 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
70 arbitrary in this case.
72 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
73 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
74 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
77 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
78 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
79 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
80 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
81 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
82 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
85 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
87 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
88 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
92 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
95 that should be added to the symbol value. */
97 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
98 corresponding to symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
99 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
100 otherwise it is in the global area. */
101 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
104 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
105 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
106 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
107 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
108 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
109 unsigned char tls_type;
111 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
112 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
113 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
117 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
118 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
120 struct mips_got_page_range
122 struct mips_got_page_range *next;
123 bfd_signed_vma min_addend;
124 bfd_signed_vma max_addend;
127 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
128 relocations against a given symbol. */
129 struct mips_got_page_entry
131 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
133 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. */
135 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
136 struct mips_got_page_range *ranges;
137 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
141 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
145 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
147 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
148 /* The number of global .got entries. */
149 unsigned int global_gotno;
150 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
151 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
152 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
153 unsigned int tls_gotno;
154 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
155 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
156 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
157 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
158 unsigned int local_gotno;
159 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
160 unsigned int page_gotno;
161 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
162 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
163 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
164 struct htab *got_entries;
165 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
166 struct htab *got_page_entries;
167 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
168 unless multi-got was necessary. */
169 struct htab *bfd2got;
170 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
171 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
172 struct mips_got_info *next;
173 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
174 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
175 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
176 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
177 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset;
180 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
182 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
185 struct mips_got_info *g;
188 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
189 create and merge bfd's gots. */
191 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
193 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
195 /* The output bfd. */
197 /* The link information. */
198 struct bfd_link_info *info;
199 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
200 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
202 struct mips_got_info *primary;
203 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
205 struct mips_got_info *current;
206 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
208 unsigned int max_count;
209 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
210 unsigned int max_pages;
211 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
212 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
213 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
215 unsigned int global_count;
218 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
220 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
222 struct mips_got_info *g;
224 unsigned int needed_relocs;
225 struct bfd_link_info *info;
228 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
229 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
231 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
233 struct bfd_link_info *info;
237 struct _mips_elf_section_data
239 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
246 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
247 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
249 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
250 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
251 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
252 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
254 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
255 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
256 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
257 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
258 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
259 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
261 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
262 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
263 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
264 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
265 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
268 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
269 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
270 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
272 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
275 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
276 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
279 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
281 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
285 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
287 to a separate trampoline section.
289 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
290 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
291 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
292 struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
293 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
294 asection *stub_section;
296 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
299 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
300 in H->root.root.u.def. */
301 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
304 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
306 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
307 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
308 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
309 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
310 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
311 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
312 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
313 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
314 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
316 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
317 the dynamic symbols. */
319 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
321 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
323 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
324 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
325 symbol with a GOT entry. */
326 long min_got_dynindx;
327 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
328 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
329 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
330 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
331 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
332 symbol without a GOT entry. */
333 long max_non_got_dynindx;
336 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
337 the global hash table. */
339 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
341 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
343 /* External symbol information. */
346 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
347 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
349 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
351 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
353 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
354 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
357 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
358 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
361 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
362 being called returns a floating point value. */
363 asection *call_fp_stub;
367 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
369 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
370 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
371 unsigned char tls_type;
373 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
374 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
375 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
376 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
377 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
378 overloaded already. */
379 bfd_vma tls_got_offset;
381 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
382 unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
384 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
385 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
386 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
387 unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1;
389 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
390 is against a readonly section. */
391 unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
393 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
394 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
395 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
396 unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
398 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
399 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
400 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
401 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
402 unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
404 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
405 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
406 unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
408 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
409 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
410 la25 stub is required. */
411 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
413 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
414 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
415 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
424 /* We no longer use this. */
425 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
426 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
429 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
430 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
432 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
433 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
435 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
436 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
437 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
439 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
440 struct elf_link_hash_entry *rld_symbol;
442 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
443 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
445 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
446 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
448 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
449 bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
451 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
452 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
454 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
465 /* The master GOT information. */
466 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
468 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
469 bfd_vma plt_header_size;
471 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
472 bfd_vma plt_entry_size;
474 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
475 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
477 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
478 bfd_vma function_stub_size;
480 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
481 unsigned int reserved_gotno;
483 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
484 See the comment above that structure for details. */
485 asection *strampoline;
487 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
491 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
492 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
493 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
494 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
496 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
498 asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
501 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
503 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
504 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
505 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
507 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
508 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
510 /* The usual link-wide information. */
511 struct bfd_link_info *info;
514 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
518 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
519 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
520 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
521 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
522 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
523 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
524 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
525 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
526 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
527 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
528 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
529 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
530 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
531 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
532 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
533 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
534 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
535 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
536 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
537 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
538 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
539 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
540 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
541 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
542 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
543 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
544 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
545 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
547 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
552 struct bfd_link_info *info;
553 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
554 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
558 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
560 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
563 "_procedure_string_table",
564 "_procedure_table_size",
568 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
573 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
574 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
575 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
576 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
577 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
578 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
587 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
588 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
589 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
593 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
594 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
595 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
596 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
597 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
598 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
603 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
604 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
605 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
606 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
607 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
615 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
621 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
623 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
625 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
626 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
627 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
628 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
629 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
630 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
631 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
632 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
634 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
635 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
636 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
637 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
638 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
640 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
641 has different meaning for each type:
644 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
645 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
646 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
647 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
650 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
651 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
652 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
653 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
655 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
656 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
657 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
658 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
660 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
661 loader for use by the static exception system. */
663 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
664 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
665 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
666 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
667 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
668 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
669 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
670 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
671 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
672 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
674 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
676 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
677 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
679 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
680 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
681 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
682 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
683 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
684 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
686 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
687 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
688 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
689 bfd_vma *, asection *);
690 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
692 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
693 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
694 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
695 (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
697 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
698 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
700 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
701 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
702 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
703 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
704 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
706 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
707 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
708 for RM9000 for now. */
709 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
710 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
712 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
713 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
715 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
717 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
718 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
720 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
722 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
723 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
724 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
726 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
727 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
728 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
730 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
731 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
732 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
734 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
735 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
737 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
738 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
739 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
741 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
742 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
743 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
745 /* The name of the options section. */
746 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
747 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
749 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
750 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
751 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
752 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
754 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
755 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
756 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
757 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
759 /* The name of the stub section. */
760 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
762 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
763 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
764 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
766 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
767 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
768 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
770 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
771 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
772 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
774 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
775 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
776 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
778 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
779 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
780 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
782 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
783 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
784 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
786 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
787 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
788 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
790 /* Get word-sized data. */
791 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
792 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
794 /* Put out word-sized data. */
795 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
797 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
798 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
800 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
801 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
802 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
804 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
805 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
806 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
808 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
809 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
811 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
812 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
813 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
815 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
816 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
817 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
818 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
820 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
821 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
823 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
824 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
826 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
827 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
828 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
830 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
832 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
834 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
835 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
837 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
838 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
839 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
841 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
842 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
843 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
844 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
845 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
846 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
847 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
849 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
850 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
852 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
853 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
855 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
858 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
859 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
860 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
861 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
864 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
865 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
866 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
867 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
868 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
869 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
870 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
871 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
873 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
874 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
876 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
878 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
879 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
882 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
883 floating point arguments.
885 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
886 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
887 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
888 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
889 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
890 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
891 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
892 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
894 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
895 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
896 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
897 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
898 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
899 stub should be discarded.
901 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
902 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
903 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
904 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
905 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
906 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
907 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
910 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
911 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
912 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
914 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
916 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
917 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
918 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
920 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
921 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
922 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
924 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
925 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
927 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
928 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
929 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
930 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
931 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
932 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
933 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
934 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
937 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
938 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
939 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
941 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
942 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
943 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
944 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
945 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
946 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
947 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
948 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
951 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
952 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
953 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
955 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
956 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
957 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
958 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
959 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
960 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
961 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
962 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
965 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
966 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
968 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
969 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
970 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
971 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
974 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
975 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
977 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
978 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
979 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
980 0x00000000, /* nop */
981 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
985 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
986 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
988 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
989 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
990 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
991 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
992 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
993 0x00000000, /* nop */
994 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
998 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
999 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
1001 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1002 0x00000000, /* nop */
1003 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1004 0x00000000, /* nop */
1005 0x00000000, /* nop */
1006 0x00000000 /* nop */
1009 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1010 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
1012 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1013 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1016 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1019 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, bfd_vma opcode, bfd_byte *ptr)
1021 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (opcode >> 16) & 0xffff, ptr);
1022 bfd_put_16 (abfd, opcode & 0xffff, ptr + 2);
1025 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1028 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr)
1030 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
1033 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1035 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1036 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1037 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1040 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1042 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1043 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1045 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1048 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1049 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1051 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1052 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1055 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1057 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1058 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1060 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
1064 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1066 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1067 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1069 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
1072 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1074 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1075 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1076 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
1078 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
1079 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1081 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1084 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
1086 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1088 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1089 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
1090 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
1094 /* Set local fields. */
1095 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
1096 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1097 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1100 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
1101 ret->fn_stub = NULL;
1102 ret->call_stub = NULL;
1103 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
1104 ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
1105 ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
1106 ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE;
1107 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
1108 ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
1109 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
1110 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
1111 ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
1112 ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
1115 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1119 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1121 if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
1123 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
1124 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
1126 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1129 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
1132 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
1135 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1136 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1139 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
1140 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1143 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1146 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1147 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
1149 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
1150 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
1153 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
1154 swap->external_hdr_size))
1157 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1158 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
1160 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1162 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1163 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1164 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1167 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1168 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1169 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1170 goto error_return; \
1171 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1172 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1173 goto error_return; \
1176 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1177 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
1178 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
1179 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
1180 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
1181 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
1183 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1184 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1185 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
1186 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
1187 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
1195 if (ext_hdr != NULL)
1197 if (debug->line != NULL)
1199 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
1200 free (debug->external_dnr);
1201 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
1202 free (debug->external_pdr);
1203 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
1204 free (debug->external_sym);
1205 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
1206 free (debug->external_opt);
1207 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
1208 free (debug->external_aux);
1209 if (debug->ss != NULL)
1211 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
1212 free (debug->ssext);
1213 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
1214 free (debug->external_fdr);
1215 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
1216 free (debug->external_rfd);
1217 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
1218 free (debug->external_ext);
1222 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1225 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
1227 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
1228 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
1229 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
1230 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
1231 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
1232 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
1234 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
1235 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
1237 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
1240 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1243 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
1244 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
1245 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1247 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1248 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1250 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
1252 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
1253 struct sym_ext *esym;
1257 bfd_size_type count;
1258 unsigned long sindex;
1262 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
1270 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1272 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1273 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1276 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
1278 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1282 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
1285 size = sizeof (RPDR);
1286 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1290 size = sizeof (char *);
1291 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1295 count = hdr->isymMax;
1296 size = swap->external_sym_size;
1297 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1301 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
1304 count = hdr->issMax;
1305 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
1308 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
1311 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1312 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
1314 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
1315 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
1316 rp->adr = sym.value;
1317 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
1318 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
1319 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
1320 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
1321 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
1322 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
1323 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
1325 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
1326 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1330 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
1331 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
1332 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
1335 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
1339 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
1342 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
1344 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
1345 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
1346 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1347 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1349 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
1350 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
1351 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1353 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
1355 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1357 s->contents = rtproc;
1359 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1360 matters, but someday it might). */
1361 s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
1390 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1391 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1394 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1395 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1396 const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
1399 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1400 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1403 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other))
1406 /* Create a new symbol. */
1407 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1409 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1410 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1414 /* Make it a local function. */
1415 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1416 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
1418 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1422 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1423 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1427 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1428 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1431 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1432 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1437 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1438 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1439 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
1440 s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1441 value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1443 /* Create a new symbol. */
1444 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1446 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1447 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1451 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1452 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1453 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
1454 elfh->other = h->root.other;
1455 elfh->size = h->root.size;
1456 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1460 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1461 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1464 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
1468 name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
1469 return (FN_STUB_P (name)
1470 || CALL_STUB_P (name)
1471 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
1472 || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
1475 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1476 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1477 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1479 static unsigned long
1480 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
1481 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1482 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
1483 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
1485 int int_rels_per_ext_rel = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
1486 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
1488 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1489 one in a compound relocation. */
1490 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel += int_rels_per_ext_rel)
1491 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
1492 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
1494 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1495 the traditional behavior. */
1496 if (relocs < relend)
1497 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
1502 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1506 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1507 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1509 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1510 objects try to call them. */
1511 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1512 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
1514 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
1515 h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
1518 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1519 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1521 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1522 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1523 being included in the link. */
1524 h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1525 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1526 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1527 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1530 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1531 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1533 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1534 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1535 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1536 h->call_stub->size = 0;
1537 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1538 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1539 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1542 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1543 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1545 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1546 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1547 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1548 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1549 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1550 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1551 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1555 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1558 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
1560 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
1562 entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
1563 return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
1564 + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1568 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
1570 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
1572 entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
1573 entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
1574 return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
1575 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
1576 && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
1577 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
1580 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1581 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1585 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1586 asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
1589 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1591 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1595 htab->add_stub_section = fn;
1596 htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
1597 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
1598 if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
1604 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1605 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1606 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1607 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1608 entry points are of interest here. */
1611 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1613 return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1614 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1615 && h->root.def_regular
1616 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
1617 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
1618 || (h->fn_stub && h->need_fn_stub))
1619 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
1620 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
1623 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1624 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1627 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1630 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub->h->root.other))
1632 BFD_ASSERT (stub->h->need_fn_stub);
1633 *sec = stub->h->fn_stub;
1638 *sec = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1639 return stub->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1643 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1644 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1645 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1648 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1649 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1651 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1653 asection *s, *input_section;
1656 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1660 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1661 name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1664 sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
1666 /* Create the section. */
1667 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &input_section);
1668 s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
1669 input_section->output_section);
1673 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1674 align = input_section->alignment_power;
1675 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
1678 s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
1680 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1681 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
1682 stub->stub_section = s;
1683 stub->offset = s->size;
1685 /* Allocate room for it. */
1690 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1691 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1692 the function symbol to it. */
1695 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1696 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1698 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1701 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1705 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1706 s = htab->strampoline;
1709 asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1710 s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
1711 input_section->output_section);
1712 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
1714 htab->strampoline = s;
1717 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1718 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
1719 stub->stub_section = s;
1720 stub->offset = s->size;
1722 /* Allocate room for it. */
1727 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1728 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1731 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1732 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1734 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1735 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
1736 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
1741 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1742 search.stub_section = NULL;
1746 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1747 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1751 slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
1755 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
1758 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1759 h->la25_stub = stub;
1763 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1764 stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
1770 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1771 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1772 value = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
1773 use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
1775 h->la25_stub = stub;
1776 return (use_trampoline_p
1777 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
1778 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
1781 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1782 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1785 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1787 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
1789 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
1790 if (!hti->info->relocatable)
1791 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
1793 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
1795 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1796 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1797 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section))
1800 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1801 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1802 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1803 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1805 if (hti->info->relocatable)
1807 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
1808 h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
1810 else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
1819 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1820 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1823 The format of these instructions is:
1825 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1826 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1827 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1829 +-----------------------------------------------+
1831 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1832 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1834 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1835 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1836 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1837 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1838 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1839 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1840 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1841 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1842 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1843 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1846 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1847 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1848 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1849 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1850 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1851 value as two 16-bit values.
1853 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1857 +--------+----------------------+
1861 +--------+----------------------+
1864 +----------+------+-------------+
1868 +----------+--------------------+
1869 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1870 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1872 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1873 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1874 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1875 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1876 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1878 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
1879 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
1880 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
1883 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
1884 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
1885 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
1886 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
1887 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
1889 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1891 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1892 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1893 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1894 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1895 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1897 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1900 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
1901 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1902 little-endian system. */
1904 static inline bfd_boolean
1905 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1910 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
1911 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
1912 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
1915 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
1916 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
1917 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
1918 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
1919 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
1920 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
1921 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
1929 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
1931 static inline bfd_boolean
1932 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1934 return r_type >= R_MICROMIPS_min && r_type < R_MICROMIPS_max;
1937 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
1938 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1939 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
1941 static inline bfd_boolean
1942 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type)
1944 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
1945 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1946 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
1949 static inline bfd_boolean
1950 got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1952 return (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
1953 || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16
1954 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16);
1957 static inline bfd_boolean
1958 call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1960 return (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16
1961 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16
1962 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL16);
1965 static inline bfd_boolean
1966 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1968 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP;
1971 static inline bfd_boolean
1972 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1974 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE;
1977 static inline bfd_boolean
1978 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1980 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST;
1983 static inline bfd_boolean
1984 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1986 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16;
1989 static inline bfd_boolean
1990 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1992 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16;
1995 static inline bfd_boolean
1996 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1998 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16;
2001 static inline bfd_boolean
2002 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2004 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16;
2007 static inline bfd_boolean
2008 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2010 return (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
2011 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
2012 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16);
2015 static inline bfd_boolean
2016 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2018 return (r_type == R_MIPS_LO16
2019 || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16
2020 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16);
2023 static inline bfd_boolean
2024 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
2026 return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
2029 static inline bfd_boolean
2030 jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
2032 return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
2033 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26
2034 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1);
2037 static inline bfd_boolean
2038 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2040 return (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2041 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2042 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2043 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
2046 static inline bfd_boolean
2047 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2049 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2050 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2051 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD);
2054 static inline bfd_boolean
2055 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2057 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2058 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2059 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM);
2062 static inline bfd_boolean
2063 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2065 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2066 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2067 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL);
2071 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2072 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2074 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2076 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2079 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2080 first = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
2081 second = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
2082 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2083 val = first << 16 | second;
2084 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2085 val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11)
2086 | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f));
2088 val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11)
2089 | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second);
2090 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
2094 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2095 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2097 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2099 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2102 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
2103 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2105 second = val & 0xffff;
2108 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2110 second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
2111 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
2115 second = val & 0xffff;
2116 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
2117 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
2119 bfd_put_16 (abfd, second, data + 2);
2120 bfd_put_16 (abfd, first, data);
2123 bfd_reloc_status_type
2124 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
2125 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
2126 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
2130 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2132 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
2135 relocation = symbol->value;
2137 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2138 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
2140 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2141 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2143 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2144 val = reloc_entry->addend;
2146 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
2148 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2149 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2150 an external symbol. */
2152 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2153 val += relocation - gp;
2155 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2157 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2159 + reloc_entry->address);
2160 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2164 reloc_entry->addend = val;
2167 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2169 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2172 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2173 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2174 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2179 struct mips_hi16 *next;
2181 asection *input_section;
2185 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2187 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
2189 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2190 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2191 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2193 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2194 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2195 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2196 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2198 bfd_reloc_status_type
2199 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2200 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
2201 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2202 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2204 struct mips_hi16 *n;
2206 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2207 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2209 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
2211 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2213 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
2215 n->input_section = input_section;
2216 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
2219 if (output_bfd != NULL)
2220 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2222 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2225 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2226 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2227 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2229 bfd_reloc_status_type
2230 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2231 void *data, asection *input_section,
2232 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2234 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
2235 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
2236 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
2237 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2238 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2239 input_section, output_bfd,
2242 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2243 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
2246 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2247 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2248 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2250 bfd_reloc_status_type
2251 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2252 void *data, asection *input_section,
2253 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2256 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2258 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2259 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2261 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2263 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
2264 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2267 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
2269 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
2270 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
2272 hi = mips_hi16_list;
2274 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2275 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2276 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2277 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2278 has a rightshift of 0. */
2279 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
2280 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2281 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
2282 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
2283 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16)
2284 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2286 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2287 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2288 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2290 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
2291 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
2293 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
2296 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
2300 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2301 input_section, output_bfd,
2305 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2306 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2307 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2309 bfd_reloc_status_type
2310 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2311 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2312 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2313 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2316 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2317 bfd_boolean relocatable;
2319 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
2321 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2322 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2324 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2326 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2328 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2329 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2330 offset or address. */
2331 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2332 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
2337 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2338 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2339 val += symbol->value;
2340 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
2342 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
2343 val -= input_section->output_offset;
2344 val -= reloc_entry->address;
2348 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2349 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2350 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2351 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2352 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2353 reloc_entry->addend += val;
2356 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2358 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2359 val += reloc_entry->addend;
2361 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2362 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2364 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2366 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2369 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2374 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2376 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2379 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2380 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2383 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
2386 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2387 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2391 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
2392 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
2394 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2395 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2399 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
2400 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
2402 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
2403 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
2404 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
2405 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
2406 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
2407 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
2411 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
2412 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
2416 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
2417 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
2418 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
2419 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
2420 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
2421 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
2422 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
2425 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2426 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2427 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2430 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
2433 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2434 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2435 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2436 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2437 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2438 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2442 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
2443 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
2445 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2446 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2447 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2448 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2449 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2450 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2453 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2454 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2455 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2456 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2457 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2460 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
2461 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
2463 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2464 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
2465 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2466 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2467 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2468 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2469 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2473 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
2474 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
2476 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2477 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
2478 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2479 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2480 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2481 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2482 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2485 /* Swap in an options header. */
2488 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
2489 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
2491 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
2492 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
2493 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
2494 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
2497 /* Swap out an options header. */
2500 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
2501 Elf_External_Options *ex)
2503 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
2504 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
2505 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
2506 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
2509 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2510 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2513 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
2515 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
2516 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
2519 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
2520 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
2522 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
2526 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
2528 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
2533 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2536 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2537 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2540 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
2541 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
2543 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2544 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
2545 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2546 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
2548 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2550 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2553 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2555 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2564 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2565 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2566 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2567 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2568 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2569 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2570 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2571 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2572 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2573 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2574 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2575 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2576 when generating a final executable. */
2579 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2581 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
2583 asection *sec, *output_section;
2585 if (h->root.indx == -2)
2587 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
2588 || h->root.ref_dynamic
2589 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
2590 && !h->root.def_regular
2591 && !h->root.ref_regular)
2593 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
2594 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
2595 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
2596 h->root.root.root.string,
2597 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
2605 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
2608 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
2609 h->esym.weakext = 0;
2610 h->esym.reserved = 0;
2611 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
2612 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2613 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
2615 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
2616 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2620 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2622 name = h->root.root.root.string;
2623 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
2624 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
2626 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2627 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2628 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2630 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
2632 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2633 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2634 h->esym.asym.value =
2635 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
2637 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
2639 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2640 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2641 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
2644 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2646 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
2647 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2648 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2653 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2654 output_section = sec->output_section;
2656 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2657 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2658 if (output_section == NULL)
2659 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2662 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
2664 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
2665 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
2666 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
2667 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2668 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
2669 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
2670 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
2671 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
2672 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
2673 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
2674 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2675 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
2676 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2677 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
2678 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
2679 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
2680 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
2682 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2686 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
2687 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
2690 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
2691 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
2692 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2693 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2695 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
2696 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2697 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
2698 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2700 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2701 output_section = sec->output_section;
2702 if (output_section != NULL)
2703 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
2704 + sec->output_offset
2705 + output_section->vma);
2707 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2711 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
2713 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2714 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
2716 if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
2718 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2719 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
2720 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
2722 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2725 output_section = sec->output_section;
2726 if (output_section != NULL)
2727 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
2728 + sec->output_offset
2729 + output_section->vma);
2731 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2736 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
2737 h->root.root.root.string,
2740 einfo->failed = TRUE;
2747 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2750 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
2752 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
2753 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
2755 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
2758 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2760 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2763 static INLINE hashval_t
2764 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
2767 return addr + (addr >> 32);
2773 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
2774 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
2778 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2780 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2782 return entry->symndx
2783 + ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) << 17)
2784 + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2786 + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
2787 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
2791 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2793 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2794 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2796 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
2797 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2800 return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2801 && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2802 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2803 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
2806 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
2807 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
2808 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2812 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2814 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2816 return entry->symndx
2818 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2819 : entry->symndx >= 0
2820 ? ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2821 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM << 17)
2823 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)))
2824 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
2828 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2830 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2831 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2833 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2834 if (e1->tls_type & e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2837 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2838 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2841 return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2842 && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2843 : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
2844 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2845 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
2849 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2851 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
2853 entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_;
2854 return entry->abfd->id + entry->symndx;
2858 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
2860 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2;
2862 entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_;
2863 entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_;
2864 return entry1->abfd == entry2->abfd && entry1->symndx == entry2->symndx;
2867 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2868 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2869 if creation fails. */
2872 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
2878 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
2879 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2880 sreloc = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, dname);
2881 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
2883 sreloc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
2888 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2891 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
2892 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
2898 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2899 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2903 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
2904 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2908 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
2909 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
2911 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
2912 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
2915 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
2917 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2918 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2924 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2931 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2934 if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) && info->shared)
2940 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2941 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2944 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1, void *arg2)
2946 struct mips_got_entry *entry = * (struct mips_got_entry **) arg1;
2947 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2949 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx != -1)
2950 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, NULL);
2955 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2956 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2959 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2961 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2962 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
2963 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2965 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2967 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2973 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2974 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2977 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2979 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2980 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
2981 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2983 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_type, &hm->root);
2988 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2991 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
2993 unsigned long reloc_index,
2998 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
3000 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
3002 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
3003 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
3005 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
3007 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
3008 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3010 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
3013 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3014 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3016 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
3019 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3022 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_offset,
3023 unsigned char *tls_type_p,
3024 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3025 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3028 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3030 asection *sreloc, *sgot;
3031 bfd_vma offset, offset2;
3032 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
3034 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3043 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3045 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root)
3046 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
3047 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3050 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_DONE)
3053 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
3055 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
3056 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3059 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3060 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3061 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3062 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
3063 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
3065 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3066 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3068 /* General Dynamic. */
3069 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_GD)
3071 offset = got_offset;
3072 offset2 = offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3076 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3077 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3078 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3079 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
3082 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3083 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3084 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
3085 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2);
3087 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3088 sgot->contents + offset2);
3092 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3093 sgot->contents + offset);
3094 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3095 sgot->contents + offset2);
3098 got_offset += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3101 /* Initial Exec model. */
3102 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_IE)
3104 offset = got_offset;
3109 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
3110 sgot->contents + offset);
3112 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3113 sgot->contents + offset);
3115 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3116 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3117 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
3118 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
3121 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
3122 sgot->contents + offset);
3125 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_LDM)
3127 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3128 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3129 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3130 sgot->contents + got_offset
3131 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3134 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3135 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3137 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3138 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3139 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3140 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3143 *tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE;
3146 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
3147 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
3148 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
3149 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
3152 mips_tls_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_index, unsigned char *tls_type,
3153 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3154 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol)
3156 BFD_ASSERT (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type)
3157 || tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type)
3158 || tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type));
3160 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol);
3162 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type))
3164 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE);
3165 if (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
3166 return got_index + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3171 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type))
3173 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD);
3177 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3179 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM);
3186 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3187 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3188 will be negative. */
3191 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3192 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3194 bfd_vma plt_index, got_address, got_value;
3195 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3197 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3198 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3200 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
3202 /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
3203 section starts with reserved entries. */
3204 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
3206 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
3207 plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size;
3209 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3210 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
3211 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3214 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3215 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3216 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3217 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3219 return got_address - got_value;
3222 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3223 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3224 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3225 offset can be found. */
3228 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3229 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
3230 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3232 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3233 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3235 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3236 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3238 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
3239 r_symndx, h, r_type);
3243 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3245 if (entry->symndx == -1 && htab->got_info->next == NULL)
3246 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3247 hash table entry to track the index. */
3248 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_got_offset, &h->tls_type,
3249 r_type, info, h, value);
3251 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, entry->gotidx, &entry->tls_type,
3252 r_type, info, h, value);
3255 return entry->gotidx;
3258 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
3261 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3262 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3264 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3266 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
3267 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
3269 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3270 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3272 gg = g = htab->got_info;
3273 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
3275 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
3277 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
3279 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
3280 if (g->next != gg || TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3284 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
3287 p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
3289 BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
3291 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3293 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3294 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3295 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3296 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3297 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3298 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3299 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3301 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, p->gotidx, &p->tls_type, r_type,
3302 info, e.d.h, value);
3309 if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
3310 global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
3312 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3314 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
3315 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3316 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3318 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3319 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3320 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3321 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3322 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3323 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3325 got_index = mips_tls_got_index (abfd, hm->tls_got_offset, &hm->tls_type,
3326 r_type, info, hm, value);
3330 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3331 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3332 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
3334 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
3335 got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
3336 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3338 BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size);
3343 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3344 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3345 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3346 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3347 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3350 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3351 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
3353 bfd_vma page, got_index;
3354 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3356 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
3357 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
3358 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3363 got_index = entry->gotidx;
3366 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
3371 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3372 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3373 symbol that binds locally. */
3376 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3377 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
3379 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3381 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3382 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3383 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3384 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3386 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
3388 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3389 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3390 same in all cases. */
3391 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
3392 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
3394 return entry->gotidx;
3399 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3403 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
3404 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
3406 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3410 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3411 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3414 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
3415 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
3417 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
3420 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3421 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3422 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3425 static struct mips_got_entry *
3426 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3427 bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
3428 unsigned long r_symndx,
3429 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3432 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3433 struct mips_got_info *g;
3434 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3436 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3437 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3441 entry.d.address = value;
3444 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, ibfd);
3447 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, abfd);
3448 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3451 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3453 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3454 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3456 struct mips_got_entry *p;
3459 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3461 entry.tls_type = GOT_TLS_LDM;
3467 entry.symndx = r_symndx;
3473 p = (struct mips_got_entry *)
3474 htab_find (g->got_entries, &entry);
3480 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
3485 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
3488 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3493 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3495 if (g->assigned_gotno > g->local_gotno)
3497 (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
3498 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3499 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3500 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3501 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3505 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
3506 (htab->sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
3508 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3509 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3511 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3514 bfd_vma got_address;
3516 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3517 got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
3518 + htab->sgot->output_offset
3521 rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
3522 outrel.r_offset = got_address;
3523 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
3524 outrel.r_addend = value;
3525 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
3531 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3532 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3533 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3534 the current linking stage. */
3536 static bfd_size_type
3537 count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3539 bfd_size_type count;
3542 if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
3545 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3547 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
3548 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
3549 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3550 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3551 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
3557 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3558 appear towards the end. */
3561 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3563 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3564 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
3565 struct mips_got_info *g;
3567 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
3570 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3571 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3578 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3579 = hsd.min_got_dynindx
3580 = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
3581 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
3582 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
3583 elf_hash_table (info)),
3584 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
3587 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3588 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3589 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
3590 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3591 == elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
3592 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
3593 == g->global_gotno);
3595 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3596 table index in the GOT. */
3597 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
3602 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3603 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3607 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3609 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
3611 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3613 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
3616 switch (h->global_got_area)
3619 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
3623 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
3625 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
3626 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3629 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
3630 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
3632 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
3633 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3634 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
3641 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
3642 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
3643 posterity. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3644 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3647 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3648 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3649 bfd_boolean for_call,
3650 unsigned char tls_flag)
3652 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3653 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
3654 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3655 struct mips_got_info *g;
3657 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3658 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3660 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3662 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
3664 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3666 if (h->dynindx == -1)
3668 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
3672 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
3675 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3679 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
3681 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3685 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3688 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
3691 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
3692 need to do it again. */
3695 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3699 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3705 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3707 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3710 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
3715 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
3716 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
3719 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
3720 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3721 unsigned char tls_flag)
3723 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3724 struct mips_got_info *g;
3725 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3727 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3728 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3731 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3734 entry.symndx = symndx;
3735 entry.d.addend = addend;
3736 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3737 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
3738 htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
3742 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD))
3745 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3747 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
3750 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3758 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3759 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE)
3761 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD)
3763 else if (g->tls_ldm_offset == MINUS_ONE)
3765 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_TWO;
3771 entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
3775 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3780 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3785 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
3788 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
3790 return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
3793 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
3794 that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
3796 This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
3797 required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
3798 global symbols across multiple input files. */
3801 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3802 long symndx, bfd_signed_vma addend)
3804 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3805 struct mips_got_info *g;
3806 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
3807 struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
3808 bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
3811 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3812 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3815 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3817 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
3819 lookup.symndx = symndx;
3820 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
3824 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
3826 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc;
3829 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3834 entry->symndx = symndx;
3835 entry->ranges = NULL;
3836 entry->num_pages = 0;
3840 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
3842 range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
3843 while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
3844 range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
3846 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
3847 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
3848 a new singleton range. */
3850 if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
3852 range = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*range));
3856 range->next = *range_ptr;
3857 range->min_addend = addend;
3858 range->max_addend = addend;
3866 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
3867 old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3869 /* Update the ranges. */
3870 if (addend < range->min_addend)
3871 range->min_addend = addend;
3872 else if (addend > range->max_addend)
3874 if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
3876 old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next);
3877 range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
3878 range->next = range->next->next;
3881 range->max_addend = addend;
3884 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
3885 new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3886 if (old_pages != new_pages)
3888 entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
3889 g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
3895 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
3898 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3902 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3904 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3905 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3907 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3908 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3910 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3911 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
3916 /* Make room for a null element. */
3917 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3920 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3924 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
3925 if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
3928 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
3930 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3931 bfd_boolean *must_recreate;
3933 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
3934 must_recreate = (bfd_boolean *) data;
3935 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
3937 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3940 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3941 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3943 *must_recreate = TRUE;
3950 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
3951 hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
3952 symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
3956 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
3959 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3962 new_got = (htab_t *) data;
3963 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
3964 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
3966 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3969 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3970 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3972 BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3973 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3977 slot = htab_find_slot (*new_got, entry, INSERT);
3988 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
3989 replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
3992 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
3994 bfd_boolean must_recreate;
3997 must_recreate = FALSE;
3998 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &must_recreate);
4001 new_got = htab_create (htab_size (g->got_entries),
4002 mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4003 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4004 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &new_got);
4005 if (new_got == NULL)
4008 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
4009 g->got_entries = new_got;
4014 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
4015 to the link_info structure. Count the number of type (3) entries
4016 in the master GOT. */
4019 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
4021 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4022 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4023 struct mips_got_info *g;
4025 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4026 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4028 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4030 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4031 local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
4032 case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
4033 Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
4034 live in the local GOT.
4036 Note that the former condition does not always imply the
4037 latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
4038 undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
4039 if (h->root.dynindx == -1
4040 || (h->got_only_for_calls
4041 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
4042 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
4044 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4045 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4046 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4047 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4049 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4051 else if (htab->is_vxworks
4052 && h->got_only_for_calls
4053 && h->root.plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
4054 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4055 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4056 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4057 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4061 if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4062 g->reloc_only_gotno++;
4068 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
4071 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
4073 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
4074 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
4076 return entry->bfd->id;
4079 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
4082 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
4084 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
4085 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
4086 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
4087 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
4089 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
4092 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
4093 be the master GOT data. */
4095 static struct mips_got_info *
4096 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4098 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
4104 p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
4105 return p ? p->g : NULL;
4108 /* Use BFD2GOT to find ABFD's got entry, creating one if none exists.
4109 Return NULL if an error occured. */
4111 static struct mips_got_info *
4112 mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (struct htab *bfd2got, bfd *output_bfd,
4115 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
4116 struct mips_got_info *g;
4119 bfdgot_entry.bfd = input_bfd;
4120 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
4121 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *) *bfdgotp;
4125 bfdgot = ((struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)
4126 bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash)));
4132 g = ((struct mips_got_info *)
4133 bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info)));
4137 bfdgot->bfd = input_bfd;
4140 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
4141 g->global_gotno = 0;
4142 g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4145 g->assigned_gotno = -1;
4147 g->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
4148 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4149 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
4150 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4151 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
4154 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4155 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4156 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4166 /* A htab_traverse callback for the entries in the master got.
4167 Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
4168 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
4172 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
4174 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4175 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
4176 struct mips_got_info *g;
4178 g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
4185 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4186 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4187 if (*entryp != NULL)
4192 if (entry->tls_type)
4194 if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
4196 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
4199 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE)
4207 /* A htab_traverse callback for the page entries in the master got.
4208 Associate each page entry with the bfd's got. */
4211 mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
4213 struct mips_got_page_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp;
4214 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *) p;
4215 struct mips_got_info *g;
4217 g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
4224 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4225 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT);
4226 if (*entryp != NULL)
4230 g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages;
4234 /* Consider merging the got described by BFD2GOT with TO, using the
4235 information given by ARG. Return -1 if this would lead to overflow,
4236 1 if they were merged successfully, and 0 if a merge failed due to
4237 lack of memory. (These values are chosen so that nonnegative return
4238 values can be returned by a htab_traverse callback.) */
4241 mips_elf_merge_got_with (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got,
4242 struct mips_got_info *to,
4243 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4245 struct mips_got_info *from = bfd2got->g;
4246 unsigned int estimate;
4248 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4249 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4250 if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
4251 estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
4253 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4255 estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno;
4256 estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno;
4258 /* If we're merging with the primary got, we will always have
4259 the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4260 conservatively as well. */
4261 if (to == arg->primary)
4262 estimate += arg->global_count;
4264 estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno;
4266 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4267 if (estimate > arg->max_count)
4270 /* Commit to the merge. Record that TO is now the bfd for this got. */
4273 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4274 htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, arg);
4275 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
4278 htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd, arg);
4279 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
4282 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
4283 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
4285 htab_delete (from->got_entries);
4286 htab_delete (from->got_page_entries);
4290 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
4291 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4292 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4293 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4294 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4295 and then make make the new got current. */
4298 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p)
4300 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
4301 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
4302 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
4303 struct mips_got_info *g;
4304 unsigned int estimate;
4309 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4310 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4311 if (estimate > g->page_gotno)
4312 estimate = g->page_gotno;
4313 estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4315 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4316 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4317 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4318 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4319 estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno);
4321 if (estimate <= arg->max_count)
4323 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4324 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4327 arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
4331 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4332 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->primary, arg);
4337 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4340 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->current, arg);
4345 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4346 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4347 overflows anyway. */
4348 g->next = arg->current;
4354 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
4355 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
4358 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *p)
4360 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4361 struct mips_got_info *g = p;
4363 unsigned char tls_type;
4365 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4366 if (entry->tls_type == 0)
4369 next_index = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry->abfd) * (long) g->tls_assigned_gotno;
4371 if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL)
4373 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
4374 hash table entry to track its index. */
4375 if (entry->d.h->tls_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE)
4377 entry->d.h->tls_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE;
4378 entry->d.h->tls_got_offset = next_index;
4379 tls_type = entry->d.h->tls_type;
4383 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
4385 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
4386 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
4387 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
4388 if (g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_TWO && g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_ONE)
4390 entry->gotidx = g->tls_ldm_offset;
4393 g->tls_ldm_offset = next_index;
4395 entry->gotidx = next_index;
4396 tls_type = entry->tls_type;
4399 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4400 if (tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
4401 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 2;
4402 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
4403 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 1;
4408 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
4409 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
4410 got) to the given VALUE.
4412 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
4413 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
4414 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
4415 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
4416 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
4417 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
4418 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
4419 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
4422 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p)
4424 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4425 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
4426 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
4427 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
4429 if (g && entry->tls_type != GOT_NORMAL)
4430 arg->needed_relocs +=
4431 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type,
4432 entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
4434 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4435 && entry->symndx == -1
4436 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4440 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
4442 entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
4443 if (arg->info->shared
4444 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
4445 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
4446 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
4447 ++arg->needed_relocs;
4450 entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
4456 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4457 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4458 lazy-binding stubs. */
4461 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
4463 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4464 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4465 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4467 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4468 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4469 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4470 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4472 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4473 && entry->symndx == -1
4474 && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
4476 entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
4477 htab->lazy_stub_count--;
4483 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4486 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4488 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
4491 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
4495 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
4499 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
4500 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4503 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4504 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4507 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4508 asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
4510 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4511 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
4512 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
4513 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
4514 unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
4517 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4518 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4519 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4522 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
4523 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
4524 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
4527 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
4528 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
4529 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
4531 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
4532 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
4533 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
4534 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4537 /* Also count how many page entries each input bfd requires. */
4538 htab_traverse (g->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd,
4540 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4543 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
4544 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
4545 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
4546 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
4547 - htab->reserved_gotno);
4548 got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
4549 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4550 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
4552 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
4554 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4555 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4556 to be the primary GOT. */
4557 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
4558 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4561 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4562 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
4564 g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
4565 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
4566 if (g->next == NULL)
4569 g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
4570 g->next->global_gotno = 0;
4571 g->next->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4572 g->next->local_gotno = 0;
4573 g->next->page_gotno = 0;
4574 g->next->tls_gotno = 0;
4575 g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
4576 g->next->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
4577 g->next->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4578 g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
4579 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
4581 if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
4583 g->next->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4584 mips_got_page_entry_eq,
4586 if (g->next->got_page_entries == NULL)
4588 g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
4591 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
4592 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
4594 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4598 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4599 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4600 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4601 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4604 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
4607 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
4608 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
4615 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
4617 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
4621 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4622 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4623 those that are actually referenced. */
4624 gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
4625 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
4627 set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
4628 set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
4629 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4630 &set_got_offset_arg);
4631 set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_NORMAL;
4632 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4633 &set_got_offset_arg);
4635 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4636 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4637 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4638 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4639 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4640 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4641 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4642 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4643 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4644 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4645 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4646 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4647 points back to the master GOT. */
4648 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
4649 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
4656 struct mips_got_info *gn;
4658 assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
4659 g->assigned_gotno = assign;
4660 g->local_gotno += assign;
4661 g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
4662 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4664 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4665 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4666 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4671 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4672 all non-TLS entries. */
4673 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
4674 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
4676 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4679 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4680 lazy-binding stubs. */
4682 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
4686 got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno
4687 + gg->next->global_gotno
4688 + gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4691 set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4692 set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
4693 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
4695 unsigned int save_assign;
4697 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
4698 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
4699 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
4700 set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
4701 set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
4702 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
4703 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4704 &set_got_offset_arg);
4705 needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
4706 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno <= g->global_gotno);
4708 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
4711 needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
4712 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
4713 + g->next->global_gotno
4714 + g->next->tls_gotno
4715 + htab->reserved_gotno);
4720 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
4727 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4728 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4730 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
4731 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
4732 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4733 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
4735 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
4737 while (relocation < relend)
4739 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
4740 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
4746 /* We didn't find it. */
4750 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4753 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
4754 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4755 asection **local_sections)
4757 unsigned long r_symndx;
4758 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4761 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4762 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
4763 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4765 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
4767 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
4773 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4776 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4778 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
4779 /* VALUE is negative. */
4780 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
4785 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4786 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4790 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4792 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
4794 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
4795 /* The value is too big. */
4797 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
4798 /* The value is too small. */
4805 /* Calculate the %high function. */
4808 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
4810 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4813 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
4816 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4819 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4826 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
4829 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4832 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4839 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
4842 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4843 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4846 register asection *s;
4848 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
4850 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4853 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
4855 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4856 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4859 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
4865 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
4868 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4871 register asection *s;
4872 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4873 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4874 struct mips_got_info *g;
4876 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4878 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4879 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4881 /* This function may be called more than once. */
4885 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
4886 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4888 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
4889 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
4890 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
4892 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
4896 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
4897 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
4898 are not creating a global offset table. */
4900 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4901 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
4902 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4905 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4908 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4909 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
4912 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4915 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
4916 g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
4919 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
4920 g->global_gotno = 0;
4921 g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4925 g->assigned_gotno = 0;
4928 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4929 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4930 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4931 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
4933 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4934 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4935 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4938 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
4939 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4941 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
4942 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
4943 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
4946 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4954 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
4955 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
4956 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
4959 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4961 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
4963 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
4964 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
4967 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
4968 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
4969 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
4973 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type,
4974 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p)
4976 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
4977 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
4978 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
4979 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
4980 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
4981 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
4988 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
4989 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
4990 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
4991 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
4992 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
4996 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p;
5003 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5004 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5005 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5007 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5008 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5009 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5011 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5012 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5013 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5014 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5016 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5017 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
5018 asection *input_section,
5019 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5020 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5021 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
5022 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
5023 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
5025 bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
5026 bfd_boolean save_addend)
5028 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5030 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5033 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5034 shared object file being produced. */
5036 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5039 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5041 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5042 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5043 during execution. */
5044 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
5045 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5047 asection *sec = NULL;
5048 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5049 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5051 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
5052 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5053 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
5054 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5055 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5056 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
5057 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5059 unsigned long r_symndx;
5061 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5062 relocation value. */
5063 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
5064 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5065 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5066 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p = FALSE;
5067 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5070 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5071 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5072 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5074 /* Parse the relocation. */
5075 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5076 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5077 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
5078 + input_section->output_offset
5079 + relocation->r_offset);
5081 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5082 overflowed_p = FALSE;
5084 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5085 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5086 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
5087 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
5089 was_local_p = local_p;
5090 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
5091 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5094 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5095 must come before globals. */
5099 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5102 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
5104 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
5105 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
5107 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5108 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
5109 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
5110 symbol += sym->st_value;
5111 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
5112 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
5114 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
5116 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5119 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5120 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
5123 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5124 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
5125 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
5128 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5130 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
5131 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other);
5135 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5137 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5138 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5139 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5140 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5141 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5142 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5143 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5145 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5146 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
5148 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5149 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5150 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
5151 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
5153 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5154 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5155 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
5156 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5160 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5161 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5162 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5163 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
5166 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5167 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5168 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5170 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5171 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5172 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5174 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5175 if (sec->output_section)
5176 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5177 + sec->output_section->vma
5178 + sec->output_offset);
5180 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5182 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5183 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5184 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5185 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5188 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
5189 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5191 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
5192 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5194 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5195 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5196 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5197 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5198 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5200 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
5201 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
5204 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
5206 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5207 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5208 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5209 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5210 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5211 which is available from here:
5212 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5215 else if ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
5216 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
5217 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
5218 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
5219 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))
5221 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5225 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5228 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
5229 /* If the output section is the PLT section,
5230 then the target is not microMIPS. */
5231 target_is_micromips_code_p = (htab->splt != sec
5232 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other));
5235 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5236 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5238 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5240 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5241 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5243 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5244 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5245 && !info->relocatable
5247 && h->fn_stub != NULL
5248 && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
5250 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
5251 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5252 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
5254 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5255 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5259 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
5264 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
5267 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5268 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5269 sec = h->la25_stub->stub_section;
5270 value = h->la25_stub->offset;
5279 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + value;
5280 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5281 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5283 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
5284 need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
5285 exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
5286 use an indirect stub instead. */
5287 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
5288 && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
5290 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
5291 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5292 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5295 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
5298 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5299 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5301 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
5306 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5308 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
5310 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5317 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
5320 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5323 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
5324 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5326 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5328 else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
5329 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type,
5330 target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5331 symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
5332 + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
5333 + h->la25_stub->offset);
5335 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5336 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && target_is_micromips_code_p)
5337 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5339 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5340 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5341 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5344 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5345 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5346 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5347 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5348 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5350 *cross_mode_jump_p = (!info->relocatable
5351 && !(h && h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5352 && ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5353 || (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5354 && !target_is_micromips_code_p)
5355 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
5356 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5357 || target_is_micromips_code_p))));
5359 local_p = (h == NULL
5360 || (h->got_only_for_calls
5361 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
5362 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)));
5364 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
5365 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
5367 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
5372 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5373 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5374 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5375 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type) && !local_p)
5377 r_type = (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
5378 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP : R_MIPS_GOT_DISP);
5382 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5383 to need it, get it now. */
5386 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5387 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5390 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5391 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5392 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5393 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5394 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5395 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5396 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5397 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5398 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5399 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5400 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5401 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5403 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5404 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5405 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5406 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5407 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5408 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5409 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5410 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5411 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5412 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
5414 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5415 0, 0, NULL, r_type);
5417 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5421 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5422 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5423 if (htab->is_vxworks
5424 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
5425 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
5426 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5428 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5429 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
5430 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
5434 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5435 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, input_bfd,
5436 &h->root, r_type, info);
5437 if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL
5438 && !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5439 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5440 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
5443 else if (!htab->is_vxworks
5444 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5445 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5449 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5450 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
5452 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5455 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5456 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
5460 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5461 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5462 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
5464 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5468 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5469 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5471 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5472 + input_section->output_offset
5473 + relocation->r_offset);
5474 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
5475 outrel.r_addend = addend;
5476 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
5478 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5479 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5481 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
5482 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5485 return bfd_reloc_ok;
5488 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5492 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5495 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5496 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5503 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
5505 && h->root.def_dynamic
5506 && !h->root.def_regular
5507 && !h->has_static_relocs))
5508 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
5510 || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5511 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5512 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5514 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5515 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5516 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5517 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5518 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5519 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5521 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
5529 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5533 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
5534 value = symbol + addend;
5538 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5542 value = symbol + addend - p;
5543 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5547 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5548 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5549 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5550 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5551 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5553 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5557 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5558 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5559 if (*cross_mode_jump_p && (symbol & 3) != (r_type == R_MIPS_26))
5560 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5562 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5563 shift = (!*cross_mode_jump_p && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2;
5566 value = addend | ((p + 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift));
5568 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 26 + shift);
5569 value = (value + symbol) >> shift;
5570 if (!was_local_p && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5571 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> (26 + shift));
5572 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5576 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5577 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5578 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5579 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
5583 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5584 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
5585 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
5586 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5587 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5588 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5591 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5592 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5593 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5594 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
5598 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5599 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32:
5600 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64:
5601 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5602 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5603 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5608 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
5611 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
5612 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5616 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5617 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5618 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5622 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5623 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5624 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5625 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5626 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
5627 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - ((p + 4) & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3));
5628 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5629 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5630 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5631 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16)
5632 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 1);
5634 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
5635 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5641 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
5642 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16:
5644 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
5647 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5648 for this conditional. */
5649 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
5650 value = addend + gp - (p & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3);
5651 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5652 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16)
5653 value = addend + gp - p + 3;
5655 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
5656 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5657 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5658 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5659 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5662 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5663 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5666 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5667 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5668 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5669 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5670 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5671 not check for overflow here. */
5675 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5676 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
5677 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5678 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5679 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5684 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
5685 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5686 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5687 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5688 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5689 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5690 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
5691 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
5692 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5693 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5694 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5695 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5696 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5697 value = symbol + addend - gp;
5698 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5699 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5700 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5701 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5705 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5708 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5709 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5712 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5713 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5714 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5715 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5716 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
5718 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5719 symbol + addend, !was_local_p);
5720 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5721 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5723 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5724 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5731 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5732 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5733 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5734 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5735 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5736 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5737 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5738 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5739 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5740 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5742 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5745 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5746 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
5748 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5752 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
5753 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
5754 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
5755 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5756 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5759 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
5760 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 8) - p;
5761 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 8);
5762 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5763 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5766 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
5767 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 11) - p;
5768 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 11);
5769 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5770 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5773 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
5774 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17) - p;
5775 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
5776 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5777 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5780 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
5781 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 25) - ((p | 3) ^ 3);
5782 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 25);
5783 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5784 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5787 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5788 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5789 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5790 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5791 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5792 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5793 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
5795 value = mips_elf_high (value);
5796 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5799 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5800 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5801 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5802 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5803 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
5806 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5807 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5808 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
5809 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5810 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5811 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5812 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5815 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
5816 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
5818 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
5821 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5825 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB:
5826 value = symbol - addend;
5827 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5831 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
5832 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
5833 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5836 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
5837 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
5838 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
5839 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5842 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
5843 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP:
5844 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
5845 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5849 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
5850 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
5851 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
5852 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
5853 if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
5854 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5855 value = symbol + addend;
5859 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5860 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
5861 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
5862 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5865 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
5866 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5869 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
5871 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
5874 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5877 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
5878 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5879 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
5882 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5884 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5885 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
5890 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
5891 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
5892 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
5894 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
5895 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5897 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
5900 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5901 reloc_howto_type *howto,
5902 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5903 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
5904 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
5905 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
5909 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5911 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
5912 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5914 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
5916 /* Obtain the current value. */
5917 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
5919 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
5920 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
5922 /* Set the field. */
5923 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
5925 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
5926 if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
5929 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
5930 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
5932 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
5933 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
5935 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
5938 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
5940 ok = ((opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c));
5945 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
5949 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
5950 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
5953 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5954 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
5957 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
5958 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5962 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
5963 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
5966 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
5968 if (!info->relocatable
5969 && !cross_mode_jump_p
5970 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
5971 && r_type == R_MIPS_26
5972 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
5973 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
5974 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
5975 && x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
5976 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
5977 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
5978 && x == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
5984 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
5985 + input_section->output_offset
5986 + relocation->r_offset
5988 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
5989 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
5993 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
5995 if (x == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
5996 x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
5998 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6002 /* Put the value into the output. */
6003 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
6005 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
6011 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6012 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6013 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6014 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6017 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
6018 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6019 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
6020 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6021 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
6022 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
6024 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
6029 bfd_boolean defined_p;
6030 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6032 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6033 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
6035 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6036 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6037 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
6038 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
6039 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
6040 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
6043 outrel[0].r_offset =
6044 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
6045 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6047 outrel[1].r_offset =
6048 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
6049 outrel[2].r_offset =
6050 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
6053 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
6054 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6057 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
6059 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6060 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6061 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6066 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6067 in the relocation. */
6068 if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6070 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE);
6071 indx = h->root.dynindx;
6072 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6073 defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
6075 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6076 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6077 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6078 undefined symbols. */
6083 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
6085 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
6087 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6092 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6095 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
6096 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
6102 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6103 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6104 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6105 local symbols because we used to generate them
6106 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6107 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6108 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6109 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6110 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6111 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6113 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6114 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6115 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6116 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6117 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6122 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6123 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6124 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6125 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6126 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
6129 if (htab->is_vxworks)
6130 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6131 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
6133 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6134 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6135 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
6138 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6139 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6140 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6141 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6142 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6143 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6144 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6145 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6146 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6147 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6148 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6149 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6150 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
6151 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6154 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
6156 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6157 correct location in the output file. */
6158 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6159 + input_section->output_offset);
6160 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6161 + input_section->output_offset);
6162 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6163 + input_section->output_offset);
6165 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6166 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6167 relocation format is non-standard. */
6168 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6170 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
6171 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6173 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
6175 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
6177 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6178 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
6179 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6180 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6182 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
6185 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6186 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6187 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6189 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6190 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
6192 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6193 will be writing to it. */
6194 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
6197 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6198 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
6200 asection *scpt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
6205 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
6207 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
6208 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
6209 + input_section->output_section->vma
6210 + input_section->output_offset);
6211 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
6212 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
6214 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
6215 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
6216 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
6218 cr = (scpt->contents
6219 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
6220 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
6221 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
6222 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
6223 + scpt->reloc_count));
6224 ++scpt->reloc_count;
6228 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6229 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6231 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
6232 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6237 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6240 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
6242 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
6244 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
6245 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
6247 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
6248 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
6250 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
6251 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
6253 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
6254 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
6256 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
6257 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
6259 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
6260 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
6262 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
6263 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
6265 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
6266 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
6268 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
6269 return bfd_mach_mips9000;
6271 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
6272 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
6274 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
6275 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
6277 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
6278 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
6280 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
6281 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
6283 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2:
6284 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2;
6286 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
6287 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
6289 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
6290 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
6293 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
6297 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
6300 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
6303 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
6306 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
6309 return bfd_mach_mips5;
6311 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
6312 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
6314 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
6315 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
6317 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
6318 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
6320 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
6321 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
6328 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6330 static INLINE char *
6331 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
6335 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
6336 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
6339 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
6341 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
6345 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
6347 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
6349 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
6351 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
6354 return "unknown abi";
6358 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6359 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6360 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6361 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6362 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6363 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
6364 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6365 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6367 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6368 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6369 definition in a shared library. */
6370 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
6371 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6372 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6374 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6377 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
6379 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
6381 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6382 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
6383 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
6385 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
6386 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6387 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6388 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6389 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6390 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6391 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
6393 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6394 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
6395 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
6396 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6397 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6398 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6399 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
6400 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6401 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6402 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6404 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6408 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6409 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6410 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6411 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
6412 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6415 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6416 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
6418 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6419 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
6420 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
6421 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6422 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6423 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6424 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
6425 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6426 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6427 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6429 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6430 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
6433 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
6434 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6439 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
6441 if (section != NULL)
6443 asym->section = section;
6444 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6445 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6446 base address to make it an offset. */
6447 asym->value -= section->vma;
6454 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
6456 if (section != NULL)
6458 asym->section = section;
6459 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6460 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6461 base address to make it an offset. */
6462 asym->value -= section->vma;
6468 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6469 or microMIPS one. */
6470 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
6471 && (asym->value & 1) != 0)
6474 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
6475 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6476 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6478 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6479 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6483 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6484 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6486 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6487 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6488 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6489 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6490 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6492 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6493 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6494 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6495 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6497 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6498 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6499 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6500 We therefore take the following approach:
6502 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6503 determine the pointer size.
6505 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6506 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6510 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6511 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6512 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6513 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6514 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6516 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6517 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6521 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
6523 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
6525 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
6527 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
6529 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6530 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6531 if (long32_p && long64_p)
6538 if (sec->reloc_count > 0
6539 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
6540 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
6549 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6550 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6551 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6553 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6554 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6557 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6558 will jump there rather than to .text.
6560 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6561 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6564 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
6566 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
6569 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6570 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6571 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6575 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
6577 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6578 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
6582 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
6583 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
6586 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
6589 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6590 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6594 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6595 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
6596 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
6597 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
6599 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6601 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6602 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6603 so that we don't have to read them again.
6604 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6605 through the section contents to see if there is an
6606 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6608 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
6610 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6611 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6613 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6615 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6617 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6619 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6620 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6621 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6624 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6631 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6632 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
6635 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6636 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
6639 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6646 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6647 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
6650 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6651 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6658 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
6660 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
6662 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6663 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6664 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6665 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6666 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6667 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6668 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6669 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6670 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
6671 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
6673 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6674 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6676 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
6678 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6679 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6681 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6684 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6686 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
6688 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
6690 unsigned int adjust;
6692 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
6694 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
6702 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6703 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6704 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6706 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6710 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
6711 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
6717 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6718 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
6719 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
6720 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6721 probably get away with this. */
6722 switch (hdr->sh_type)
6724 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
6725 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
6729 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
6732 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
6733 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
6736 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
6737 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6740 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
6741 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
6744 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
6745 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
6747 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
6749 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
6750 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
6751 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
6753 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
6755 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
6756 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6759 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
6760 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
6763 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
6764 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
6767 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
6768 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
6769 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
6772 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
6773 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6776 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
6777 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
6778 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6785 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
6790 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6791 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
6797 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
6799 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6800 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
6801 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
6802 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
6803 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
6805 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
6808 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6809 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
6811 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
6812 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
6815 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6816 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
6817 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6818 they should agree. */
6819 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
6821 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6823 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6824 if (contents == NULL)
6826 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
6833 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6834 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6836 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6838 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6840 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6842 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6843 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6844 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6847 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6849 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
6851 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6853 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
6854 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6856 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6858 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6860 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
6862 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6864 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
6865 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6867 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6877 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
6878 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
6879 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6882 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
6884 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
6886 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
6888 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
6889 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
6890 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6892 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
6893 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
6894 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6896 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
6897 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
6898 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6900 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
6901 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
6902 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
6904 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
6905 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
6906 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6907 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6908 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6910 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6912 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
6914 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
6915 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
6916 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6917 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6919 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6920 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6922 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6925 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6927 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
6928 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
6929 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
6930 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
6932 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6933 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6935 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
6936 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
6939 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
6940 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
6941 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6942 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
6943 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
6944 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
6945 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6946 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
6948 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
6949 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6951 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
6953 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
6954 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6955 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6957 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
6959 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
6960 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6961 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6963 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
6964 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
6966 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
6968 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
6969 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
6970 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
6971 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame"))
6972 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6974 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
6976 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
6977 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
6978 final_write_processing. */
6980 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
6981 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6983 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
6984 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6985 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6987 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
6989 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
6990 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
6991 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
6994 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
6995 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
6996 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
6997 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
6998 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7003 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7004 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7005 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7006 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7007 the .scommon section. */
7010 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7011 asection *sec, int *retval)
7013 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
7015 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7018 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
7020 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
7026 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7027 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7030 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7031 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
7032 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7033 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
7035 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7036 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7037 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7039 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7044 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7045 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7046 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7047 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7048 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7049 is not done for them. */
7051 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
7052 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7058 switch (sym->st_shndx)
7061 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7062 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7063 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
7064 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
7065 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7068 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
7069 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
7070 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7071 *valp = sym->st_size;
7075 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7076 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
7078 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
7079 asection *elf_text_section;
7080 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7082 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7083 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
7086 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7087 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7088 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
7091 /* Initialize the section. */
7093 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
7094 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7096 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7097 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
7099 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
7100 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7101 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
7102 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
7103 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
7104 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7105 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
7107 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7108 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7109 so I took it out. */
7110 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
7113 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
7114 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7116 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7117 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
7119 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
7120 asection *elf_data_section;
7121 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7123 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7124 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
7127 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7128 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7129 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
7132 /* Initialize the section. */
7134 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
7135 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7137 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7138 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
7140 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
7141 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7142 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
7143 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
7144 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
7145 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7146 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
7148 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7149 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7150 so I took it out. */
7151 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
7154 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
7155 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
7159 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7161 && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
7162 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7164 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7165 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7167 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7169 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7170 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
7171 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7174 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7177 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7179 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7182 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
7183 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7186 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7187 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7188 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7189 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7195 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7196 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7197 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7200 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7201 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7202 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
7203 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7205 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7206 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7207 common in the output file. */
7208 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
7209 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
7210 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7212 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7213 sym->st_value &= ~1;
7218 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7220 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7223 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7225 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7226 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7228 register asection *s;
7229 const char * const *namep;
7230 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7232 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7233 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7235 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
7236 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
7238 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7240 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7242 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7245 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
7250 /* We need to create .got section. */
7251 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
7254 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
7257 /* Create .stub section. */
7258 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
7259 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
7262 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7263 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7267 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
7269 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
7271 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
7272 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
7274 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7275 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7279 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7280 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7281 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7282 the linker takes such action. */
7283 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7285 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
7288 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7289 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
7290 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7293 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7296 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7298 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7302 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7303 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7305 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
7309 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7310 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".hash");
7312 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7313 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynsym");
7315 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7316 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynstr");
7318 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7320 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7322 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7323 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7325 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7332 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7334 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7335 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
7336 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7339 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7342 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7344 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7347 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
7349 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7350 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7351 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7352 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7353 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
7354 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7356 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7358 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7359 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
7360 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7363 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7366 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7368 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7370 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7374 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7375 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
7376 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
7379 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7380 htab->splt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".plt");
7381 htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynbss");
7382 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7384 htab->srelbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.bss");
7385 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.plt");
7388 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rel.plt");
7390 || (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
7395 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7397 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7398 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
7401 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
7404 htab->plt_header_size
7405 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
7406 htab->plt_entry_size
7407 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
7411 htab->plt_header_size
7412 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
7413 htab->plt_entry_size
7414 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
7417 else if (!info->shared)
7419 /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
7420 htab->plt_header_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
7421 htab->plt_entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
7427 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7428 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7429 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7432 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
7433 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
7434 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
7436 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7437 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7439 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7440 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7441 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
7442 if (rel_hdr == NULL)
7444 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7445 return ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
7446 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
7449 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7450 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7451 of the section that REL is against. */
7454 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7455 reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents)
7458 unsigned int r_type;
7461 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7462 location = contents + rel->r_offset;
7464 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7465 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7466 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
7467 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7469 return addend & howto->src_mask;
7472 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7473 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7474 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7475 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7476 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7479 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd,
7480 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7481 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
7482 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend)
7484 unsigned int r_type, lo16_type;
7485 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
7486 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
7489 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7490 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
7491 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
7492 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type))
7493 lo16_type = R_MICROMIPS_LO16;
7495 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
7497 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7498 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7499 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7502 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7504 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7505 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7506 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7507 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7508 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7509 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7511 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7512 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7513 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7514 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend);
7515 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
7518 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7519 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE);
7520 l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents);
7522 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
7523 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
7530 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7531 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7532 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7535 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents)
7540 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7541 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
7543 *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
7547 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents);
7550 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7551 allocate space in the global offset table. */
7554 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7555 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
7559 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7560 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7562 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7563 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
7565 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7566 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7569 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7571 if (info->relocatable)
7574 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7575 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7577 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7578 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7579 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7580 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7582 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7583 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
7585 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7587 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7588 if (FN_STUB_P (name))
7590 unsigned long r_symndx;
7592 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7595 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
7598 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7599 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7600 " stub section `%s'"),
7602 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7606 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7607 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7611 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7612 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7613 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7614 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7616 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7617 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7619 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7620 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7621 || o->reloc_count == 0
7622 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7626 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7628 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7631 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7632 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7633 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7634 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
7637 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7646 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7647 not need it. Since this function is called before
7648 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7649 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7651 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7655 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7657 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
7659 unsigned long symcount;
7663 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7664 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7666 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7667 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7668 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7671 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
7674 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7675 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7677 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7678 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7679 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7680 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7684 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7686 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7687 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7689 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7690 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
7691 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
7693 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7695 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7696 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7697 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7698 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7699 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7700 if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
7702 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7706 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7708 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7711 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7713 unsigned long r_symndx;
7714 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7717 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7720 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
7723 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7724 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7725 " stub section `%s'"),
7727 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7731 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7732 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7736 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7737 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7738 that refers to this symbol. */
7739 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7741 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7742 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7744 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7745 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7746 || o->reloc_count == 0
7747 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7751 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7753 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7756 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7757 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7758 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7759 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
7762 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7771 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7772 not need it. Since this function is called before
7773 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7774 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7776 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7780 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7782 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
7784 unsigned long symcount;
7788 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7789 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7791 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7792 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7793 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7796 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
7799 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7800 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7802 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7803 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7804 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7805 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7809 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7810 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7812 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7814 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7815 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
7817 loc = &h->call_stub;
7819 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7820 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7821 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7822 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7823 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7826 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7830 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7832 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7838 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
7840 unsigned long r_symndx;
7841 unsigned int r_type;
7842 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7843 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
7845 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
7846 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7848 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
7850 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
7852 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7853 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7855 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7860 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
7862 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7863 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
7864 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
7867 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
7868 relocation into a dynamic one. */
7869 can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
7874 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7875 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7876 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7877 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7878 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7879 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
7880 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7881 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7883 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
7884 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
7885 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
7886 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7887 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
7888 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
7889 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
7890 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
7891 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
7892 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
7893 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
7894 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
7895 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7896 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
7897 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
7898 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7899 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
7900 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
7902 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
7903 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
7905 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
7907 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7908 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
7909 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
7910 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7915 /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
7916 has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
7918 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
7924 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7925 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
7926 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
7928 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
7929 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
7930 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
7931 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
7932 against a read-only section. */
7935 && !htab->is_vxworks
7936 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
7937 && !(!info->nocopyreloc
7938 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
7939 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
7940 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
7942 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
7944 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
7947 /* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
7948 output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
7949 read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
7950 fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
7951 handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
7953 For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
7954 these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
7955 sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
7958 This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
7959 in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
7960 file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
7961 happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
7962 SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
7964 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
7969 /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
7972 h->pointer_equality_needed = TRUE;
7978 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
7979 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
7980 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
7981 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
7982 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
7984 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
7990 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
7991 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
7992 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
7993 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
7997 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8001 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8002 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8003 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8004 relocations against the text segment. */
8005 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8008 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8009 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8010 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type)
8011 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
8013 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8014 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8015 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8016 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8017 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8018 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8019 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8020 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8021 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8022 rel->r_addend, info, 0))
8027 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type,
8028 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->other)))
8029 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
8034 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8035 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8038 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8039 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8040 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
8041 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8046 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8047 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8048 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8049 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8052 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8053 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8054 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8055 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE, 0))
8058 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8059 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8060 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8066 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8067 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8068 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8069 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8072 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
8073 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8075 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8076 if (hmips->root.def_regular
8077 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
8078 && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
8083 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8085 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8086 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8087 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8088 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8089 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8090 if (!h || got_page_reloc_p (r_type))
8092 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8093 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8094 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8096 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
8098 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8100 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8101 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
8103 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type))
8104 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
8107 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
8110 addend = rel->r_addend;
8111 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info, abfd, r_symndx,
8117 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8118 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8119 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8124 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8125 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8126 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8128 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
8131 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8132 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8133 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8134 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
8136 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
8142 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8143 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8144 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8145 for TLS GD relocations. */
8149 flag = (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type)
8151 : tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type) ? GOT_TLS_LDM : GOT_TLS_IE);
8154 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
8155 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8156 hmips->tls_type |= flag;
8158 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8164 BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != STN_UNDEF);
8166 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8177 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8178 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8179 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8180 if (can_make_dynamic_p)
8184 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8188 if (info->shared && h == NULL)
8190 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8191 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8192 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8193 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8194 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8195 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8196 relocations against the text segment. */
8197 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8201 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8203 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8204 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8205 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8206 it will be left as zero.
8208 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8209 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8211 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8212 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8214 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8215 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
8216 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8217 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8218 are relocations against the text segment. */
8219 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
8223 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8224 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8225 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8229 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8230 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
8231 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8232 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8233 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8234 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
8235 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
8236 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8237 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8238 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8241 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8242 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8243 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8244 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8248 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8249 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8250 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
8251 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
8253 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8261 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
8262 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
8263 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
8264 a normal .got entry. */
8265 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h != NULL)
8269 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
8271 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8273 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8274 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8276 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8277 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8278 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8279 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
8283 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8284 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8285 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8286 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8288 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
8289 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
8291 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
8293 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8294 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
8297 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8298 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8299 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8300 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8301 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8309 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
8310 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
8311 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
8312 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
8313 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8314 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8315 if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
8318 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8319 and has a special meaning. */
8320 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
8321 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8324 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8325 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8332 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8333 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8334 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8335 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8337 (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
8338 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8350 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
8351 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
8354 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
8355 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
8356 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8357 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
8359 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
8360 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8361 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
8363 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8366 if (link_info->relocatable)
8369 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
8370 link_info->keep_memory);
8371 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
8374 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
8375 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
8376 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8377 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8379 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
8382 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
8383 unsigned int r_type;
8384 unsigned long r_symndx;
8386 unsigned long instruction;
8388 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8389 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8390 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8391 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
8392 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
8395 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
8396 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8397 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
8399 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
8400 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8401 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8403 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8404 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8405 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8407 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8409 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8410 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
8411 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
8412 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
8413 && !h->root.forced_local))
8416 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
8417 if (sym_sec->output_section)
8418 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
8419 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8420 + sym_sec->output_offset);
8422 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
8426 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
8428 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8429 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
8431 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
8432 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8433 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
8434 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
8436 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8440 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
8441 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8443 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
8444 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
8445 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
8446 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
8449 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
8450 symval = isym->st_value
8451 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8452 + sym_sec->output_offset;
8455 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8457 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
8458 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
8460 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8461 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
8466 /* Check that it's in range. */
8467 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
8470 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8471 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8474 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
8476 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8477 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8478 instruction = 0x04110000;
8479 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8480 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8481 instruction = 0x10000000;
8485 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
8486 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
8487 changed_contents = TRUE;
8490 if (contents != NULL
8491 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8493 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
8497 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8498 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
8504 if (contents != NULL
8505 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8510 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8513 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
8515 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
8517 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8518 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8520 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8521 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8523 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8524 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8526 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8527 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8528 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8531 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8532 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8533 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
8536 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8537 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8538 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8539 if (! info->relocatable
8540 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
8541 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
8545 bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
8547 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
8549 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8550 non-default visibility. */
8551 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
8554 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8556 else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
8558 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
8565 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8566 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8567 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8568 relocations against it.
8570 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8571 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8573 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8575 if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
8576 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
8577 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
8580 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8581 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
8582 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
8583 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8584 against the text segment. */
8585 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8592 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8593 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8594 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8595 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8599 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
8600 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
8603 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8604 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8606 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8607 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8609 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8610 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8612 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8613 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
8615 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
8618 && !h->def_regular)));
8620 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8622 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8623 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8624 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8625 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8626 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8628 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8629 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8630 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8632 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8635 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8636 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8637 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8638 executable and the shared library. */
8639 if (!h->def_regular)
8641 hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
8642 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
8646 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8647 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8649 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8650 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8651 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8652 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8653 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8654 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8655 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8656 else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8657 || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
8658 && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8659 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8660 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
8661 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
8663 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
8665 if (htab->splt->size == 0)
8667 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
8669 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8670 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8671 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
8672 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
8673 if (!htab->is_vxworks
8674 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
8677 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
8678 for the same reason as above. */
8679 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
8680 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
8683 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
8685 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8687 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8689 += get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->got_header_size;
8691 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8692 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
8693 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8694 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8697 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
8698 h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size;
8699 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
8701 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8702 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
8703 if (!info->shared && !h->def_regular)
8705 h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
8706 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
8707 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
8708 lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
8709 function address. */
8710 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8711 h->root.u.def.value += 8;
8714 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
8716 htab->sgotplt->size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
8717 htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
8718 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
8719 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
8721 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
8722 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8723 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8725 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8726 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
8727 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8732 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8733 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8734 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
8735 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
8737 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8738 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
8739 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
8740 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
8744 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8745 in regular objects. */
8749 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8750 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
8751 if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
8754 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
8755 some that we can't convert. */
8756 if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || info->shared)
8758 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8759 "dynamic symbol %s"),
8760 h->root.root.string);
8761 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8765 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8766 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
8767 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
8768 object will contain position independent code, so all references
8769 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8770 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8771 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8772 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8773 same memory location for the variable. */
8775 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8777 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8778 htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8780 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8784 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8785 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
8786 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8788 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss);
8791 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
8792 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
8793 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
8796 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
8797 struct bfd_link_info *info)
8800 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8801 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
8803 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8804 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8806 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
8807 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
8809 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
8812 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
8814 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8815 mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
8822 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
8825 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8829 struct mips_got_info *g;
8830 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
8831 bfd_size_type page_gotno;
8833 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg;
8834 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8836 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8837 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8843 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8846 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
8847 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
8848 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == 0);
8849 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8850 htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
8852 htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
8853 g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
8854 g->assigned_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
8856 /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
8857 the target symbol. */
8858 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g))
8861 /* Count the number of GOT symbols. */
8862 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info);
8864 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
8865 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
8867 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
8869 asection *subsection;
8871 for (subsection = sub->sections;
8873 subsection = subsection->next)
8875 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8877 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
8878 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
8882 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8883 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
8884 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
8885 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
8888 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
8889 sections. Is 5 enough? */
8890 page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
8892 /* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
8894 if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
8895 page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
8897 g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
8898 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8899 s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8901 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
8902 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
8903 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
8904 count_tls_arg.info = info;
8905 count_tls_arg.needed = 0;
8906 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
8907 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries,
8909 g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed;
8910 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8912 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
8913 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
8915 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8917 /* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
8920 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
8923 count = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
8925 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count);
8928 else if (s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
8930 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
8935 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg;
8937 /* Set up TLS entries. */
8938 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
8939 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
8941 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
8944 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs, &arg);
8945 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
8946 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs,
8949 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, arg.needed);
8955 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
8958 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8960 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8961 bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
8963 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8964 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8966 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
8969 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
8970 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
8971 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
8973 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
8974 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
8975 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
8977 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
8978 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
8980 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
8981 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
8982 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
8983 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
8985 htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
8988 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
8989 MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
8990 allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
8993 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void **data)
8995 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8997 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) data;
8998 if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
9000 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
9001 h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size;
9002 h->root.plt.offset = htab->sstubs->size;
9003 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9008 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9009 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9012 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9014 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9016 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9017 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9019 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
9022 htab->sstubs->size = 0;
9023 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, htab);
9024 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9025 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
9026 == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
9029 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9032 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9033 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9036 asection *s, *sreldyn;
9037 bfd_boolean reltext;
9038 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9040 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9041 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9042 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9043 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
9045 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9047 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9048 if (info->executable)
9050 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
9051 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9053 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
9055 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
9058 /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
9059 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0 && htab->root.hplt == NULL)
9061 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9063 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9065 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
9066 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9067 htab->root.hplt = h;
9074 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9075 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
9077 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
9079 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
9082 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
9084 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9085 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9088 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9092 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9093 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9094 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
9096 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
9099 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
9103 const char *outname;
9106 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9107 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9108 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9109 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9110 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9112 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
9114 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
9116 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
9117 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9118 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
9121 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9122 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9123 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
9126 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9127 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9128 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9129 will move them around between input sections'
9130 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9131 broken, so don't let it run. */
9132 info->combreloc = 0;
9135 else if (! info->shared
9136 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
9137 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
9139 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9140 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9141 s->size += MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd);
9143 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9144 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
9145 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
9146 else if (s == htab->splt)
9148 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9149 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9150 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9151 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
9152 && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
9155 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
9157 && s != htab->sgotplt
9158 && s != htab->sstubs
9159 && s != htab->sdynbss)
9161 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9167 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
9171 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
9174 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9175 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
9176 if (s->contents == NULL)
9178 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
9183 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9185 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9186 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9187 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9188 the .dynamic section. */
9190 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9191 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9192 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and GDB only
9193 looks at the first one it sees. */
9195 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
9198 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9199 used by the debugger. */
9200 if (info->executable
9201 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9202 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
9205 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
9206 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
9208 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
9210 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
9213 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9214 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9215 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9216 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9217 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
9220 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
9223 sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9224 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9226 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9227 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9228 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9230 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
9233 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
9236 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
9242 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9244 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
9247 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
9250 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
9254 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
9257 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
9260 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
9263 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
9266 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
9269 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
9272 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
9275 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
9276 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
9279 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
9280 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9281 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
9282 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
9285 if (htab->splt->size > 0)
9287 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
9290 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
9293 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
9296 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
9299 if (htab->is_vxworks
9300 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
9307 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9308 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9309 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9310 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9313 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9314 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9315 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9317 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
9318 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9321 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9323 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9324 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type)
9325 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
9326 || literal_reloc_p (r_type))
9328 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
9329 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
9332 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9333 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
9335 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9336 if (!info->relocatable)
9338 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9339 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
9342 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9343 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
9344 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
9348 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9349 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9350 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9351 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9352 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9353 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9354 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9355 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9356 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9357 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9358 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9360 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9361 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9362 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9365 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd *output_bfd,
9366 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9367 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9368 Elf_Internal_Rela **rel,
9369 const Elf_Internal_Rela **relend,
9370 bfd_boolean rel_reloc,
9371 reloc_howto_type *howto,
9374 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
9375 int count = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
9376 unsigned int r_type;
9379 for (i = count - 1; i > 0; i--)
9381 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, (*rel)[i].r_info);
9382 if (r_type != R_MIPS_NONE)
9384 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
9390 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
9391 (*rel), count, (*relend),
9392 howto, i, contents);
9397 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9400 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9401 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9402 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
9403 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9404 asection **local_sections)
9406 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
9407 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
9409 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9410 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
9412 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
9413 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
9414 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
9418 reloc_howto_type *howto;
9419 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p;
9420 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
9422 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
9423 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9425 unsigned long r_symndx;
9427 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9428 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9429 bfd_boolean rel_reloc;
9431 rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
9432 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
9434 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
9435 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
9437 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
9438 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
9439 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9441 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9446 unsigned long extsymoff;
9449 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
9450 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9451 h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
9452 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
9453 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
9454 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
9457 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9458 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
9459 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
9462 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
9464 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
9465 input_section, &rel, &relend,
9466 rel_reloc, howto, contents);
9470 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
9472 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
9473 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
9474 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
9475 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
9476 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
9477 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
9478 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
9480 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
9482 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9486 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
9488 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
9489 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
9490 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
9492 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
9495 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
9496 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
9498 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
9499 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
9500 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
9503 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
9507 name = h->root.root.string;
9509 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
9510 local_syms + r_symndx,
9512 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9513 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
9514 input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name,
9519 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
9522 addend = rel->r_addend;
9523 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
9524 local_syms, local_sections, rel);
9527 if (info->relocatable)
9529 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
9530 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9533 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
9535 addend += rel->r_addend;
9536 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
9537 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
9538 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
9539 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
9540 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
9541 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
9543 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
9545 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9546 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9547 source of the addend in the final link. */
9548 addend &= howto->src_mask;
9550 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9551 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9552 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
9553 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9554 but for endianness. */
9560 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9562 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9569 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9570 do two separate stores. */
9571 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9573 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9575 low_bits = sign_bits;
9581 high_bits = sign_bits;
9583 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9584 contents + rel->r_offset);
9585 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9586 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9590 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
9591 input_bfd, input_section,
9596 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
9600 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9601 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
9602 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9604 if (rel + 1 < relend
9605 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
9606 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
9607 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
9609 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9611 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
9612 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
9613 input_section, info, rel,
9614 addend, howto, local_syms,
9615 local_sections, &value,
9616 &name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
9617 use_saved_addend_p))
9619 case bfd_reloc_continue:
9620 /* There's nothing to do. */
9623 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
9624 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9625 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
9626 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9627 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
9630 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
9631 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9632 info->callbacks->warning
9633 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9636 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
9637 if (use_saved_addend_p)
9638 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9639 a given location. */
9643 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9645 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9646 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9647 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
9648 if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
9649 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type)
9650 || literal_reloc_p (howto->type)))
9652 msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
9653 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
9655 htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
9656 (*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
9658 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
9659 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
9660 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
9668 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
9669 if (jal_reloc_p (howto->type))
9671 msg = _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
9672 info->callbacks->warning
9673 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9683 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
9684 until we reach the last one. */
9685 if (use_saved_addend_p)
9691 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9692 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9693 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
9694 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
9695 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
9696 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
9697 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
9698 only a 32-bit VMA. */
9704 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9706 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9713 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9714 do two separate stores. */
9715 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9717 /* Undo what we did above. */
9719 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9721 low_bits = sign_bits;
9727 high_bits = sign_bits;
9729 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9730 contents + rel->r_offset);
9731 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9732 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9736 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
9737 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
9738 input_bfd, input_section,
9739 contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
9746 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
9747 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
9750 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
9752 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
9753 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9754 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
9757 bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
9759 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
9760 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
9761 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
9762 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9764 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
9765 s = stub->stub_section;
9769 loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
9778 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
9779 offset = stub->offset;
9781 /* Work out the target address. */
9782 target = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
9783 target += s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9785 target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9786 target_low = (target & 0xffff);
9788 if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
9790 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
9791 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
9792 memset (loc, 0, offset);
9794 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
9796 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9797 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high),
9799 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9800 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low),
9805 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9806 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
9811 /* This is trampoline. */
9813 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
9815 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9816 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high), loc);
9817 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9818 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target), loc + 4);
9819 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9820 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low), loc + 8);
9821 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
9825 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9826 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
9827 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
9828 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
9834 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
9835 adjust it appropriately now. */
9838 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9839 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9841 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
9842 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
9843 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
9846 "__dso_displacement",
9848 "__program_header_table",
9852 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
9860 const char* const *p;
9863 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
9864 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
9867 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
9869 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
9871 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9872 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
9874 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
9876 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
9878 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
9884 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9885 dynamic sections here. */
9888 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9889 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9890 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9891 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9895 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
9898 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9899 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
9901 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9902 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9903 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9904 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9906 BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
9908 if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE && hmips->no_fn_stub)
9910 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
9912 bfd_vma header_address, plt_index, got_address;
9913 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
9914 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9916 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9917 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9918 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
9919 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
9920 BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
9922 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
9923 header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
9924 + htab->splt->output_offset);
9926 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9927 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
9928 / htab->plt_entry_size);
9930 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9931 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
9932 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
9933 + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9934 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9935 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
9937 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
9938 loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents
9939 + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9940 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9941 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9943 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9945 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9946 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
9948 /* Pick the load opcode. */
9949 load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
9951 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
9952 plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
9953 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
9954 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load, loc + 4);
9956 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
9958 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
9959 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
9963 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
9964 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
9967 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
9968 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
9969 plt_index, h->dynindx,
9970 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
9972 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
9973 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
9974 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
9975 binary where pointer equality matters. */
9976 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9977 if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
9978 sym->st_other = STO_MIPS_PLT;
9982 else if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
9984 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
9985 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
9987 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
9989 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9991 BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
9992 || (h->dynindx <= 0xffff));
9994 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
9995 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
9997 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
10000 /* Fill the stub. */
10002 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
10004 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx);
10006 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
10008 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
10012 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
10015 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10016 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10017 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
10018 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
10019 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
10020 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
10022 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
10025 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
10026 memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.offset,
10027 stub, htab->function_stub_size);
10029 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
10030 only for the referenced symbol. */
10031 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10033 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10034 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10035 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10036 sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
10037 + htab->sstubs->output_offset
10041 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10042 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10044 if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
10046 BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
10047 sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
10048 + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
10049 sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
10050 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
10053 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
10054 || h->forced_local);
10057 g = htab->got_info;
10058 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10060 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10061 the symbols that need them. */
10062 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
10067 value = sym->st_value;
10068 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
10069 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
10070 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
10073 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next && h->type != STT_TLS)
10075 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
10081 e.abfd = output_bfd;
10086 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10089 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
10092 offset = p->gotidx;
10094 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
10096 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
10097 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
10099 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10100 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10101 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10102 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10103 appropriate addend. */
10104 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10106 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10107 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10108 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
10110 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
10111 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
10114 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10115 (output_bfd, info, rel,
10116 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
10120 entry = sym->st_value;
10121 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
10126 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10127 name = h->root.root.string;
10128 if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
10129 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
10130 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10131 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10132 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10134 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10135 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10138 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10140 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10141 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10142 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
10144 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10146 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
10147 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
10149 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10150 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10152 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10154 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
10156 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10157 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10158 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
10159 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10161 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
10163 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
10164 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
10165 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
10166 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10170 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10176 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10177 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10179 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10180 symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10181 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10182 + h->root.u.def.value);
10183 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
10184 h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
10187 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10188 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
10189 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
10191 /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
10192 treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
10193 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
10195 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
10196 sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
10202 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10205 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
10206 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10207 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10208 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10212 struct mips_got_info *g;
10213 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10214 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
10216 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10217 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10218 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10219 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
10221 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
10224 bfd_vma plt_address, plt_index, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
10225 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10226 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10228 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10229 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
10230 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
10232 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
10233 plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10234 + htab->splt->output_offset
10237 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
10238 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
10239 / htab->plt_entry_size);
10241 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10242 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10243 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
10246 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
10247 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10248 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
10250 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
10251 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
10252 branch_offset = -(h->plt.offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
10254 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
10255 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
10256 htab->sgotplt->contents + plt_index * 4);
10258 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10259 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
10263 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
10264 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
10265 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
10269 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
10271 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
10272 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10273 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
10275 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
10276 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
10277 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
10278 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
10279 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10280 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10281 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
10282 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
10284 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
10285 + (plt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
10287 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
10288 rel.r_offset = got_address;
10289 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
10290 rel.r_addend = h->plt.offset;
10291 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10293 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
10294 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10295 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
10296 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10297 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
10298 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10300 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
10301 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10303 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10304 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10307 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10308 loc = htab->srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10309 rel.r_offset = got_address;
10310 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
10312 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10314 if (!h->def_regular)
10315 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10318 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
10321 g = htab->got_info;
10322 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10324 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
10325 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
10328 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
10332 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
10333 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
10334 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
10335 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
10337 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
10338 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10339 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
10340 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
10341 + sgot->output_offset
10343 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
10344 outrel.r_addend = 0;
10345 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
10348 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10351 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10353 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10355 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10356 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10357 + h->root.u.def.value);
10358 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
10360 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
10361 htab->srelbss->contents
10362 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
10363 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
10364 ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
10367 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
10368 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
10369 sym->st_value &= ~1;
10374 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
10377 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10380 bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
10381 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10382 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10384 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10385 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10387 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10388 plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
10389 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
10390 plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
10392 plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
10394 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
10395 gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10396 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
10397 gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10398 gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
10400 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
10401 not be loaded in two instructions. */
10402 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
10403 || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
10405 /* Install the PLT header. */
10406 loc = htab->splt->contents;
10407 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
10408 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
10409 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
10410 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10411 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10412 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10413 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
10414 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
10417 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
10418 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
10421 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10423 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10425 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
10426 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10427 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10429 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10430 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10432 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
10434 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10435 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10436 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10437 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
10439 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10440 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
10442 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10443 plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
10445 /* Install the PLT header. */
10446 loc = htab->splt->contents;
10447 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
10448 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
10449 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
10450 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10451 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10452 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10454 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10455 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10456 rela.r_offset = plt_address;
10457 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10459 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10460 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10462 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
10463 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10464 rela.r_offset += 4;
10465 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10466 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10467 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10469 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10470 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10471 in which symbols were output. */
10472 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10474 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10476 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10477 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
10478 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10479 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10481 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10482 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10483 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10484 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10486 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10487 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10488 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10489 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10493 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
10496 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10499 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10501 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10502 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10504 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
10505 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
10506 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
10507 htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
10510 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
10513 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
10514 struct bfd_link_info *info)
10519 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
10520 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10522 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10523 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10525 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10527 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
10530 gg = htab->got_info;
10532 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10535 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
10537 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10538 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
10540 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
10541 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10543 for (b = sdyn->contents;
10544 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10545 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10547 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10551 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10553 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10554 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10556 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10562 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
10566 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10567 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
10571 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
10573 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
10578 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10581 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
10583 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10586 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
10587 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
10590 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
10591 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
10594 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
10598 dyn.d_un.d_val = t;
10602 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
10604 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10607 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
10609 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10612 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
10613 s = output_bfd->sections;
10614 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10615 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
10618 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
10619 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
10622 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
10623 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
10624 entry of the first external symbol that is not
10625 referenced within the same object. */
10626 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
10629 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
10630 if (gg->global_gotsym)
10632 dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
10635 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
10636 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
10637 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
10639 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
10641 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
10642 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
10643 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10645 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
10648 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
10649 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
10652 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
10654 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
10655 h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol;
10658 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
10659 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10662 s = h->root.u.def.section;
10663 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
10664 + h->root.u.def.value);
10668 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
10669 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
10670 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
10671 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
10675 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10676 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
10678 dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
10682 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10683 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10684 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
10686 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
10690 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10691 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
10695 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10696 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
10697 + htab->srelplt->output_offset);
10701 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
10702 the dynamic tag. */
10703 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10705 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
10706 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10711 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
10712 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
10713 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10714 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
10716 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10720 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10721 if (htab->is_vxworks
10722 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
10727 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
10728 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10729 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
10733 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
10738 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
10739 if (dyn_skipped > 0)
10740 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
10743 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0
10744 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
10746 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10748 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
10749 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
10750 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
10751 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
10752 to the lazy resolution stub. */
10753 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
10754 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
10756 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10757 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10758 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10760 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10764 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
10765 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
10766 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
10767 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
10768 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10769 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10772 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
10773 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10776 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
10777 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
10779 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10780 bfd_vma addend = 0;
10782 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10783 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
10785 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10787 bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
10788 + g->next->tls_gotno;
10790 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
10791 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10792 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10794 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10796 if (! info->shared)
10799 while (got_index < g->assigned_gotno)
10801 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
10802 = got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10803 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10804 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
10805 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
10806 0, &addend, sgot)))
10808 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
10813 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
10814 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
10817 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10820 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10822 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10824 for (b = sdyn->contents;
10825 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10826 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10828 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10831 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10832 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10834 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10840 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
10841 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
10842 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
10843 are trailing null entries. */
10844 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10845 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
10846 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
10847 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
10848 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
10849 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
10850 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
10851 elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
10856 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10861 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10868 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
10870 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10872 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
10873 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
10877 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
10879 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
10880 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
10883 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
10884 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
10887 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
10888 if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
10890 file_ptr dummy_offset;
10892 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
10893 dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
10894 memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
10895 htab->function_stub_size);
10900 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
10901 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
10902 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
10903 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
10904 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
10906 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10908 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
10910 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
10912 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10913 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10914 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
10915 sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
10917 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10918 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
10919 sort_dynamic_relocs);
10924 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
10926 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10929 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
10931 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10935 BFD_ASSERT (!info->shared);
10936 mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10943 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
10946 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
10950 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
10953 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
10954 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
10957 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
10958 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
10961 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
10962 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
10965 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
10966 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
10967 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
10968 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
10969 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
10972 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
10973 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
10976 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
10977 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
10980 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
10981 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
10984 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
10985 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
10988 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
10989 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
10992 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
10993 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
10996 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
10997 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
11000 case bfd_mach_mips9000:
11001 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
11004 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
11005 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
11006 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
11007 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
11008 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
11009 case bfd_mach_mips14000:
11010 case bfd_mach_mips16000:
11011 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
11014 case bfd_mach_mips5:
11015 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
11018 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
11019 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
11022 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
11023 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
11026 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
11027 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
11030 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
11031 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A;
11034 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
11035 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp:
11036 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
11039 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
11040 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
11043 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2:
11044 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2;
11047 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
11048 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
11051 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
11052 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
11055 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
11056 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
11059 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
11060 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
11063 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
11064 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
11069 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11070 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11071 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11074 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
11075 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11078 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
11082 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11083 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11084 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11085 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
11086 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
11088 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11089 info for each special section. */
11090 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
11091 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
11094 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
11096 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
11097 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
11098 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
11100 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11103 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
11104 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11105 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11106 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
11107 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
11108 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11109 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11110 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11113 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
11114 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11115 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11116 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
11117 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
11118 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11119 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11120 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11121 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11124 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
11125 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
11127 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11128 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
11130 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11133 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
11134 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11135 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11136 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
11137 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
11138 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11139 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
11142 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
11143 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11145 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
11147 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11148 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11155 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
11159 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
11160 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11165 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
11166 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
11167 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
11170 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
11171 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
11172 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11173 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
11176 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
11177 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
11178 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
11179 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
11182 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
11183 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
11184 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11185 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
11191 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
11194 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
11195 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11198 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
11201 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
11203 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
11204 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
11206 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
11207 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
11212 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11216 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
11218 m->sections[0] = s;
11220 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
11221 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11223 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
11224 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
11232 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
11233 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
11234 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
11236 if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
11237 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
11238 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
11239 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
11241 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
11243 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
11244 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
11249 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
11251 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11253 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
11254 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
11257 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
11259 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
11260 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11261 options_segment->next = *pm;
11262 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
11263 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
11264 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
11265 options_segment->count = 1;
11266 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
11267 *pm = options_segment;
11273 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
11275 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
11276 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
11277 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
11278 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
11279 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
11281 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
11282 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
11287 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11291 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
11293 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
11298 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
11303 m->sections[0] = s;
11306 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
11307 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11308 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
11318 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
11319 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
11321 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
11323 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
11326 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
11328 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
11329 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
11330 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
11331 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
11332 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
11334 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
11335 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
11338 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
11339 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
11340 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
11341 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
11342 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
11343 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
11344 which might move one of the other sections to a different
11345 PT_LOAD segment. */
11346 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11349 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
11351 static const char *sec_names[] =
11353 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
11357 struct elf_segment_map *n;
11359 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
11361 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
11363 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
11364 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
11371 if (high < s->vma + sz)
11372 high = s->vma + sz;
11377 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
11378 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
11380 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
11383 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
11384 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11391 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
11393 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
11395 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
11397 n->sections[i] = s;
11406 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
11407 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
11409 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
11410 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
11411 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
11412 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
11413 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
11415 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
11416 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
11417 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
11418 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
11419 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
11422 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
11423 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
11425 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11426 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
11428 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
11429 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
11433 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
11437 m->p_type = PT_NULL;
11445 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
11449 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
11450 struct bfd_link_info *info,
11451 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
11452 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
11453 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
11455 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
11458 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
11460 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
11461 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
11465 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
11468 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
11471 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11472 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11473 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11474 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11477 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
11478 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
11479 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
11480 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
11481 unsigned long r_symndx;
11482 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11484 if (info->relocatable)
11487 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
11488 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
11489 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
11491 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
11492 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
11493 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
11495 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
11496 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
11498 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
11499 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
11500 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
11501 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
11502 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
11503 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
11504 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
11505 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
11506 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
11507 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
11508 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
11509 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
11510 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
11511 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
11512 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
11513 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
11514 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
11515 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
11516 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
11517 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
11528 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
11529 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
11530 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
11531 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
11534 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
11535 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
11536 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
11538 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
11540 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
11542 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
11543 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
11544 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
11545 definition will be against the target symbol. */
11546 if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
11547 dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
11549 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
11552 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
11553 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
11554 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
11555 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
11556 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
11557 if (indmips->fn_stub)
11559 dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
11560 indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
11562 if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
11564 dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
11565 indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
11567 if (indmips->call_stub)
11569 dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
11570 indmips->call_stub = NULL;
11572 if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
11574 dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
11575 indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
11577 if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
11578 dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
11579 if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
11580 indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
11581 if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
11582 dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
11584 if (dirmips->tls_type == 0)
11585 dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type;
11588 #define PDR_SIZE 32
11591 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
11592 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11595 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
11596 unsigned char *tdata;
11599 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
11604 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
11606 if (o->output_section != NULL
11607 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
11610 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
11614 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
11615 info->keep_memory);
11622 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
11623 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
11625 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
11627 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
11636 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
11637 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
11643 if (! info->keep_memory)
11644 free (cookie->rels);
11650 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
11652 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
11658 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
11659 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11660 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
11662 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
11665 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
11668 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
11672 end = contents + sec->size;
11673 for (from = contents, i = 0;
11675 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
11677 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
11680 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
11683 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
11684 sec->output_offset, sec->size);
11688 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
11689 from output by default for clarity. */
11692 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
11694 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, sym->name);
11697 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
11698 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
11700 struct mips_elf_find_line
11702 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
11703 struct ecoff_find_line i;
11707 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
11708 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
11709 const char **filename_ptr,
11710 const char **functionname_ptr,
11711 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11715 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11716 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11720 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections,
11721 section, symbols, offset,
11722 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11723 line_ptr, NULL, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
11724 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
11727 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
11730 flagword origflags;
11731 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
11732 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
11733 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
11735 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
11736 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
11737 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
11738 origflags = msec->flags;
11739 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
11740 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
11742 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
11745 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
11748 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
11749 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
11751 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11754 msec->flags = origflags;
11758 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
11760 msec->flags = origflags;
11764 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
11765 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
11766 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
11767 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
11769 msec->flags = origflags;
11772 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
11773 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
11774 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
11775 fraw_end = (fraw_src
11776 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
11777 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
11778 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
11780 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
11782 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
11783 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
11784 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
11785 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
11786 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
11787 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
11790 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
11791 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11794 msec->flags = origflags;
11798 msec->flags = origflags;
11801 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
11803 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11804 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11809 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
11810 const char **filename_ptr,
11811 const char **functionname_ptr,
11812 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11815 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
11816 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
11817 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
11822 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
11823 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
11824 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
11827 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
11828 const void *location,
11829 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
11831 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
11835 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11837 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
11838 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11839 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11842 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
11845 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
11848 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
11851 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
11854 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
11858 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
11859 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
11862 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
11864 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
11865 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
11867 bfd_boolean relocatable,
11870 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
11871 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
11872 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
11875 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
11876 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
11879 if (reloc_size < 0)
11882 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
11883 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
11886 /* read in the section */
11887 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
11888 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
11891 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
11895 if (reloc_count < 0)
11898 if (reloc_count > 0)
11903 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
11906 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
11907 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
11908 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
11909 if (abfd && input_bfd
11910 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
11914 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
11915 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
11922 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
11923 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
11924 case bfd_link_hash_common:
11927 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
11928 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
11930 gp = lh->u.def.value;
11932 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
11933 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
11935 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
11937 case bfd_link_hash_new:
11946 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
11948 char *error_message = NULL;
11949 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
11951 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
11952 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
11953 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
11955 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
11956 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
11957 to the generic handling. */
11959 && (*parent)->howto->special_function
11960 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
11961 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
11962 input_section, relocatable,
11965 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
11967 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
11972 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
11974 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
11975 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
11979 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
11983 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
11984 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
11985 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
11986 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
11989 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
11990 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
11991 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
11992 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
11993 (*parent)->address)))
11996 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
11997 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
11999 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
12000 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
12001 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
12004 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
12013 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
12014 free (reloc_vector);
12018 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
12019 free (reloc_vector);
12024 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
12025 asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, int count)
12027 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12028 unsigned int sec_shndx;
12029 bfd_byte *contents;
12030 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
12031 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
12032 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
12033 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
12034 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
12035 struct elf_link_hash_entry **start_hashes;
12036 unsigned int symcount;
12038 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
12039 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
12041 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
12042 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
12044 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12045 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
12046 (size_t) (sec->size - addr - count));
12047 sec->size -= count;
12049 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12050 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12052 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12053 if (irel->r_offset > addr)
12054 irel->r_offset -= count;
12057 BFD_ASSERT (addr % 2 == 0);
12058 BFD_ASSERT (count % 2 == 0);
12060 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
12061 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12062 isym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
12063 for (isymend = isym + symtab_hdr->sh_info; isym < isymend; isym++)
12064 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx && isym->st_value > addr)
12065 isym->st_value -= count;
12067 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
12068 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
12069 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
12070 sym_hashes = start_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
12071 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
12073 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
12075 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
12077 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
12078 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
12079 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec)
12081 bfd_vma value = sym_hash->root.u.def.value;
12083 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash->other))
12084 value &= MINUS_TWO;
12086 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
12094 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
12095 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
12097 struct opcode_descriptor {
12098 unsigned long match;
12099 unsigned long mask;
12102 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
12106 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
12108 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12109 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
12111 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
12113 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
12114 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
12117 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
12119 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32[] = {
12120 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
12121 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
12122 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12125 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32 =
12126 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
12128 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32 =
12129 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
12131 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32 =
12132 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
12134 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32 =
12135 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
12137 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16 =
12138 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
12140 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16 =
12141 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
12144 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
12146 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
12147 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
12148 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
12150 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
12152 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32[] = {
12153 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
12154 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
12155 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12158 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32[] = {
12159 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12160 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12161 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12164 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32[] = {
12165 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
12166 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
12167 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12170 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16[] = {
12171 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
12172 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
12173 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12176 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
12178 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
12179 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
12180 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
12183 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12185 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16 =
12186 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
12188 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32 =
12189 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12191 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32 =
12192 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
12194 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32 =
12195 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12197 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32 =
12198 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
12200 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12202 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16[] = {
12203 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
12205 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12206 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
12208 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
12209 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
12210 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
12211 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12214 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12216 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32[] = {
12217 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
12219 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12220 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
12221 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12225 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12227 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16 =
12228 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
12230 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32 =
12231 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
12233 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16 =
12234 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
12236 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
12238 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12240 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16[] = {
12241 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
12243 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
12244 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
12245 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
12246 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12250 /* LUI instruction. */
12252 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn =
12253 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
12256 /* ADDIU instruction. */
12258 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn =
12259 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
12261 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn =
12262 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
12264 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
12265 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
12268 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
12270 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
12271 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
12272 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
12273 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12275 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
12276 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
12278 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32[] = {
12279 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
12280 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
12281 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12284 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16 =
12285 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
12288 /* NOP instructions. */
12290 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32 =
12291 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
12293 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16 =
12294 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
12297 /* Instruction match support. */
12299 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
12302 find_match (unsigned long opcode, const struct opcode_descriptor insn[])
12304 unsigned long indx;
12306 for (indx = 0; insn[indx].mask != 0; indx++)
12307 if (MATCH (opcode, insn[indx]))
12314 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
12316 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
12317 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12318 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12319 the second half of another instruction. */
12322 check_br16_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
12324 unsigned long opcode;
12327 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
12328 if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32) != 0)
12329 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12331 else if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd16) != 0
12332 || find_match (opcode, ds_insns_16_bd16) >= 0)
12333 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12336 /* No delay slot. */
12342 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
12343 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12344 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12345 the second half of another instruction. */
12348 check_br32_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
12350 unsigned long opcode;
12353 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12354 if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd32) >= 0)
12355 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12357 else if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd16) >= 0)
12358 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12361 /* No delay slot. */
12367 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
12368 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12371 check_br16 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
12373 unsigned long opcode;
12375 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
12376 if (MATCH (opcode, b_insn_16)
12378 || (MATCH (opcode, jr_insn_16) && reg != JR16_REG (opcode))
12380 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_16) && reg != BZ16_REG (opcode))
12381 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
12382 || (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32)
12384 && reg != JR16_REG (opcode) && reg != RA))
12390 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
12391 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12394 check_br32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
12396 unsigned long opcode;
12398 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12399 if (MATCH (opcode, j_insn_32)
12401 || MATCH (opcode, bc_insn_32)
12402 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
12403 || (MATCH (opcode, jal_x_insn_32_bd32) && reg != RA)
12405 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_32) && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode))
12406 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
12407 || (MATCH (opcode, bzal_insn_32)
12408 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
12409 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != RA)
12410 || ((MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_32) || MATCH (opcode, beq_insn_32))
12411 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
12412 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != OP32_TREG (opcode)))
12418 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
12419 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
12420 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12423 check_relocated_bzc (bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr, bfd_vma offset,
12424 const Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
12425 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irelend)
12427 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irel;
12428 unsigned long opcode;
12430 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12431 if (find_match (opcode, bzc_insns_32) < 0)
12434 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12435 if (irel->r_offset == offset
12436 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1)
12442 /* Bitsize checking. */
12443 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
12444 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
12445 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
12449 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
12450 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
12451 bfd_boolean *again)
12453 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12454 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
12455 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
12456 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
12457 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
12459 /* Assume nothing changes. */
12462 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
12463 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
12466 if (link_info->relocatable
12467 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
12468 || sec->reloc_count == 0
12469 || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
12472 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12474 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
12475 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
12476 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
12477 link_info->keep_memory));
12478 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
12481 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
12482 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
12483 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12485 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
12486 unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
12487 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p;
12488 unsigned long opcode;
12494 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
12495 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
12499 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
12501 if (r_type != R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12502 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12503 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
12506 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
12507 if (contents == NULL)
12509 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
12510 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
12511 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
12512 /* Go get them off disk. */
12513 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
12516 ptr = contents + irel->r_offset;
12518 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
12519 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
12521 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
12522 if (isymbuf == NULL)
12523 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
12524 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
12526 if (isymbuf == NULL)
12530 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
12531 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
12533 /* A local symbol. */
12534 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
12537 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
12538 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
12539 sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
12540 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
12541 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
12542 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
12543 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
12545 sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
12546 symval = (isym->st_value
12547 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
12548 + sym_sec->output_offset);
12549 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym->st_other);
12553 unsigned long indx;
12554 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
12556 /* An external symbol. */
12557 indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
12558 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
12559 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
12561 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
12562 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
12563 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
12564 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
12565 regular reloc processing. */
12568 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
12569 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
12570 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
12571 target_is_micromips_code_p = (!h->needs_plt
12572 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->other));
12576 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
12577 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
12578 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
12579 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
12580 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
12581 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
12582 the linker is run. */
12584 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
12585 if (irel->r_offset + 4 > sec->size)
12588 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12590 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
12591 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
12593 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)
12596 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
12597 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
12598 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
12600 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
12602 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
12603 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
12604 out the offset). */
12605 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 && MATCH (opcode, lui_insn))
12607 bfd_boolean bzc = FALSE;
12608 unsigned long nextopc;
12612 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
12614 if (irel > internal_relocs
12615 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12616 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info) == r_symndx)
12619 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
12620 if (irel + 1 >= irelend
12621 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[1].r_info) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12622 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel[1].r_info) != r_symndx)
12625 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
12626 if (irel + 2 >= irelend
12627 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[2].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12628 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[2].r_info) == r_symndx)
12631 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
12632 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
12633 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
12634 it through if so. */
12635 if (irel->r_offset >= 2
12636 && check_br16_dslot (abfd, ptr - 2)
12637 && !(irel->r_offset >= 4
12638 && (bzc = check_relocated_bzc (abfd,
12639 ptr - 4, irel->r_offset - 4,
12640 internal_relocs, irelend))))
12642 if (irel->r_offset >= 4
12644 && check_br32_dslot (abfd, ptr - 4))
12647 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode);
12649 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
12650 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
12651 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
12652 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
12653 offset = irel[1].r_offset - irel[0].r_offset;
12654 switch (offset - 4)
12659 if (check_br16 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
12663 if (check_br32 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
12670 nextopc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12672 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
12674 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc) != reg)
12677 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
12678 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
12679 pcrval = ((pcrval - offset + 3) | 3) ^ 3;
12681 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
12682 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval, 16))
12684 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12685 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16);
12687 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
12688 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
12689 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
12690 nextopc &= ~0x001f0000;
12691 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
12692 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12695 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
12696 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
12697 the PC-relative distance. */
12698 else if (symval % 4 == 0
12699 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval + 4, 25)
12700 && MATCH (nextopc, addiu_insn)
12701 && OP32_TREG (nextopc) == OP32_SREG (nextopc)
12702 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc)))
12704 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12705 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2);
12707 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
12708 nextopc = (addiupc_insn.match
12709 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc)));
12711 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, nextopc,
12712 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12715 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
12719 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12720 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MIPS_NONE);
12722 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
12727 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
12728 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
12729 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
12730 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
12731 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12732 && irel->r_offset + 5 < sec->size
12733 && ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
12734 || (fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0)
12735 && MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4), nop_insn_16))
12739 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
12741 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
12742 opcode = (bzc_insns_32[fndopc].match
12743 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg)
12744 | (opcode & 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
12746 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, opcode, ptr);
12748 /* Delete the 16-bit delay slot NOP: two bytes from
12749 irel->offset + 4. */
12754 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
12755 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12756 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12757 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 11)
12758 && find_match (opcode, b_insns_32) >= 0)
12760 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12761 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
12763 /* Replace the the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12766 | (opcode & 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
12769 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12774 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
12775 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12776 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12777 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 8)
12778 && (((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
12779 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode)))
12780 || ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0
12781 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode)))))
12785 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
12787 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12788 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
12790 /* Replace the the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12792 (bz_insns_16[fndopc].match
12793 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg)
12794 | (opcode & 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
12797 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12802 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
12803 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
12804 && target_is_micromips_code_p
12805 && irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
12806 && MATCH (opcode, jal_insn_32_bd32))
12808 unsigned long n32opc;
12809 bfd_boolean relaxed = FALSE;
12811 n32opc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr + 4);
12813 if (MATCH (n32opc, nop_insn_32))
12815 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
12816 bfd_put_16 (abfd, nop_insn_16.match, ptr + 4);
12820 else if (find_match (n32opc, move_insns_32) >= 0)
12822 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
12824 (move_insn_16.match
12825 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc))
12826 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc))),
12831 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
12832 instructions will be handled here later. */
12836 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
12837 with 16-bit delay slot. */
12838 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, jal_insn_32_bd16.match, ptr);
12840 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
12848 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
12849 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
12850 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
12851 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
12853 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
12854 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
12855 irel->r_offset + deloff, delcnt))
12858 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
12859 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
12864 if (isymbuf != NULL
12865 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
12867 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
12871 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12872 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
12876 if (contents != NULL
12877 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
12879 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
12883 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12884 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
12888 if (internal_relocs != NULL
12889 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
12890 free (internal_relocs);
12895 if (isymbuf != NULL
12896 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
12898 if (contents != NULL
12899 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
12901 if (internal_relocs != NULL
12902 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
12903 free (internal_relocs);
12908 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
12910 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
12911 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
12913 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
12914 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
12916 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
12920 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
12921 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
12922 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
12930 /* We no longer use this. */
12931 for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++)
12932 ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1;
12934 ret->procedure_count = 0;
12935 ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
12936 ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
12937 ret->rld_symbol = NULL;
12938 ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
12939 ret->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = FALSE;
12940 ret->is_vxworks = FALSE;
12941 ret->small_data_overflow_reported = FALSE;
12942 ret->srelbss = NULL;
12943 ret->sdynbss = NULL;
12944 ret->srelplt = NULL;
12945 ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
12946 ret->sgotplt = NULL;
12948 ret->sstubs = NULL;
12950 ret->got_info = NULL;
12951 ret->plt_header_size = 0;
12952 ret->plt_entry_size = 0;
12953 ret->lazy_stub_count = 0;
12954 ret->function_stub_size = 0;
12955 ret->strampoline = NULL;
12956 ret->la25_stubs = NULL;
12957 ret->add_stub_section = NULL;
12959 return &ret->root.root;
12962 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
12964 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
12965 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
12967 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
12969 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
12972 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
12974 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
12975 htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
12976 htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
12981 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
12982 and copy relocs. */
12985 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
12987 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
12990 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
12991 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
12992 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
12995 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
12998 struct bfd_link_order *p;
12999 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
13000 asection *rtproc_sec;
13001 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
13002 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
13003 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
13004 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
13005 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
13006 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
13007 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
13012 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
13014 static const char * const secname[] =
13016 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
13017 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
13019 static const int sc[] =
13021 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
13022 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
13025 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
13027 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
13028 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
13030 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
13033 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
13035 hti.output_bfd = abfd;
13037 htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
13041 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
13042 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
13044 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
13046 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
13047 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
13048 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
13049 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
13050 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
13051 else if (htab->is_vxworks
13052 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
13053 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
13054 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
13055 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
13056 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
13057 + h->u.def.section->output_offset
13059 else if (info->relocatable)
13061 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
13063 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
13064 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
13066 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
13069 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
13070 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
13074 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
13075 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
13076 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
13080 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
13082 reginfo_sec = NULL;
13084 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
13085 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
13086 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
13088 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
13090 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
13092 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
13093 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13094 the information together. */
13095 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13097 asection *input_section;
13099 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
13102 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13104 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13109 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13110 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13112 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
13113 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
13116 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
13118 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
13119 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
13120 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
13121 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
13122 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
13124 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
13125 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
13126 finally written out. */
13128 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13129 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13130 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13133 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
13134 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
13136 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13137 matters, but someday it might). */
13138 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13143 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
13145 struct extsym_info einfo;
13148 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
13149 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13150 the information together. */
13151 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
13152 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
13153 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
13154 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
13155 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
13156 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
13157 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
13158 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
13159 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
13160 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
13161 symhdr->issMax = 0;
13162 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
13163 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
13165 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
13167 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
13168 debug_info structure. */
13170 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
13171 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
13172 debug.external_sym = NULL;
13173 debug.external_opt = NULL;
13174 debug.external_aux = NULL;
13176 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
13177 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
13178 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
13179 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
13181 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
13182 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
13186 esym.cobol_main = 0;
13190 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
13191 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
13192 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
13193 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
13195 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
13197 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
13198 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
13201 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
13202 last = s->vma + s->size;
13205 esym.asym.value = last;
13206 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
13207 secname[i], &esym))
13211 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13213 asection *input_section;
13215 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
13216 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
13220 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13222 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13227 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13228 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13230 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
13232 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
13233 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
13234 want to deal with it. */
13238 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
13239 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
13241 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
13243 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
13244 read in the debugging information and set up an
13245 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
13246 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
13250 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
13251 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
13252 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
13255 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
13256 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
13257 the linker global hash table and save the information
13258 for the output external symbols. */
13259 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
13260 eraw_end = (eraw_src
13261 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
13262 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
13264 eraw_src < eraw_end;
13265 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
13269 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
13271 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
13272 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
13273 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
13274 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
13277 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
13278 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
13279 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
13280 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
13285 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
13286 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
13287 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
13293 /* Free up the information we just read. */
13294 free (input_debug.line);
13295 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
13296 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
13297 free (input_debug.external_sym);
13298 free (input_debug.external_opt);
13299 free (input_debug.external_aux);
13300 free (input_debug.ss);
13301 free (input_debug.ssext);
13302 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
13303 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
13304 free (input_debug.external_ext);
13306 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13307 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13308 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13311 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
13313 /* Create .rtproc section. */
13314 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
13315 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
13317 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
13318 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
13320 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
13323 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
13324 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
13328 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
13334 /* Build the external symbol information. */
13337 einfo.debug = &debug;
13339 einfo.failed = FALSE;
13340 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
13341 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
13345 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
13346 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
13348 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13349 matters, but someday it might). */
13350 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13355 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
13357 const char *subname;
13360 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
13363 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
13364 information describing how the small data area would
13365 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
13366 not used in executables files. */
13367 if (! info->relocatable)
13369 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13371 asection *input_section;
13373 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13375 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13380 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13382 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13383 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13384 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13387 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
13388 currently matters, but someday it might). */
13389 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13391 /* Really remove the section. */
13392 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
13393 --abfd->section_count;
13398 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
13399 uninitialized data. */
13400 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
13401 gptab_data_sec = o;
13402 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
13406 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13407 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
13408 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
13409 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
13413 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
13414 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
13415 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
13416 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
13417 case we must change the name of the output section. */
13418 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13419 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
13421 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
13422 o->name = ".gptab.data";
13424 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
13425 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13426 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
13429 /* Set up the first entry. */
13431 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
13432 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
13435 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
13436 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
13438 /* Combine the input sections. */
13439 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13441 asection *input_section;
13443 bfd_size_type size;
13444 unsigned long last;
13445 bfd_size_type gpentry;
13447 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13449 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13454 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13455 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13457 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
13458 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
13459 sorted by ascending -G value. */
13460 size = input_section->size;
13462 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13464 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
13466 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
13467 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
13473 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
13474 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
13475 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
13481 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
13483 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
13484 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
13487 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
13489 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
13490 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
13492 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
13498 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
13501 /* We need a new table entry. */
13502 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
13503 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
13504 if (new_tab == NULL)
13510 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
13511 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
13513 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
13514 value, since that will be implied by this new
13517 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
13519 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
13521 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
13522 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
13526 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
13527 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
13532 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
13535 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13536 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13537 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13540 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
13542 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
13544 /* Swap out the table. */
13545 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13546 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
13547 if (ext_tab == NULL)
13553 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
13554 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
13557 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13558 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
13560 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13561 matters, but someday it might). */
13562 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13566 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13567 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
13570 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
13572 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
13574 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
13576 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
13577 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
13581 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
13583 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
13584 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
13586 mdebug_sec->filepos))
13589 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
13592 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
13594 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
13595 gptab_data_sec->contents,
13596 0, gptab_data_sec->size))
13600 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
13602 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
13603 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
13604 0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
13608 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
13610 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
13611 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
13613 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
13614 rtproc_sec->contents,
13615 0, rtproc_sec->size))
13623 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13625 struct mips_mach_extension {
13626 unsigned long extension, base;
13630 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13631 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13633 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
13634 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13635 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp },
13636 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp, bfd_mach_mips_octeon },
13637 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
13639 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13640 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13641 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13642 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13643 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13645 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13646 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
13648 /* R10000 extensions. */
13649 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13650 { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13651 { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13653 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13654 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13655 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13656 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13657 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13658 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
13659 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
13661 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
13662 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13663 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13664 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13665 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13666 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13668 /* VR4100 extensions. */
13669 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13670 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13672 /* MIPS III extensions. */
13673 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13674 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13675 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13676 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13677 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13678 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13679 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13680 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13681 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13683 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
13684 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
13686 /* MIPS II extensions. */
13687 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
13688 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
13690 /* MIPS I extensions. */
13691 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
13692 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
13696 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
13699 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
13703 if (extension == base)
13706 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
13707 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
13710 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
13711 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
13714 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
13715 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
13717 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
13718 if (extension == base)
13726 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
13729 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
13731 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
13732 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
13733 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
13734 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
13735 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
13736 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
13737 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
13741 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
13742 there are conflicting attributes. */
13744 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
13746 obj_attribute *in_attr;
13747 obj_attribute *out_attr;
13749 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
13751 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
13752 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
13754 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
13756 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
13761 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
13762 non-conflicting ones. */
13763 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
13764 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
13765 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13767 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
13768 if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
13769 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
13770 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
13772 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 4)
13774 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), ibfd,
13775 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13776 else if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 4)
13778 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), obfd,
13779 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13781 switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13784 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13788 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
13794 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
13800 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
13810 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13814 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
13820 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
13826 (_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
13836 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13842 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
13852 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13856 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
13862 (_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
13868 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
13882 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
13883 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
13888 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
13889 object file when linking. */
13892 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
13894 flagword old_flags;
13895 flagword new_flags;
13897 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
13900 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
13901 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
13903 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13904 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13909 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
13912 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
13914 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13915 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13920 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
13923 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
13924 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
13925 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
13927 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
13929 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
13930 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
13931 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
13932 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
13934 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
13935 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
13936 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
13937 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
13939 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
13940 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
13947 /* Check flag compatibility. */
13949 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
13950 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
13952 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
13953 doesn't seem to matter. */
13954 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
13955 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
13957 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
13958 just be able to ignore this. */
13959 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
13960 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
13962 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
13963 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
13964 new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
13966 if (new_flags == old_flags)
13969 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
13970 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
13971 actually cause any incompatibility. */
13972 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
13974 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
13975 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
13976 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
13977 not affect compatibility. */
13978 if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0
13979 && strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
13980 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
13982 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
13983 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
13984 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
13986 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
13990 if (null_input_bfd)
13995 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
13996 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
13998 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13999 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
14004 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
14005 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
14006 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
14007 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
14009 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
14010 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
14012 /* Compare the ISAs. */
14013 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
14015 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14016 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
14020 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
14022 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
14023 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
14025 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
14026 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
14027 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
14028 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
14029 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
14030 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
14031 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14033 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
14034 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
14035 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
14036 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
14037 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
14038 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
14042 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
14043 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14044 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14046 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
14047 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
14052 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14053 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14055 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
14056 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
14057 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
14058 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
14059 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
14061 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
14062 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
14063 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
14064 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
14066 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14067 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14069 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
14070 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
14073 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
14074 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
14077 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
14078 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
14079 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
14081 int old_micro = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
14082 int new_micro = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
14083 int old_m16 = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
14084 int new_m16 = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
14085 int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro;
14086 int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16;
14088 if (m16_mis || micro_mis)
14090 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14091 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14093 m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
14094 m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
14098 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14100 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14101 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14104 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
14105 if (new_flags != old_flags)
14107 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14108 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
14109 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
14110 (unsigned long) old_flags);
14116 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
14123 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
14126 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
14128 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
14129 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
14131 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
14132 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
14137 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
14141 default: return "";
14142 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
14143 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
14144 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
14145 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
14146 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
14147 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
14148 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
14149 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
14150 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
14151 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
14152 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
14153 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
14155 return "MIPS_MSYM";
14156 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
14157 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
14158 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
14159 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
14160 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
14161 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
14162 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
14163 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
14164 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
14165 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
14166 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
14167 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
14168 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
14169 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
14170 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
14171 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
14172 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
14173 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
14174 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
14175 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
14176 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
14177 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
14178 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
14179 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
14180 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
14181 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
14182 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
14183 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
14184 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
14185 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
14186 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
14187 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
14188 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
14189 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
14190 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
14191 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
14192 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
14193 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
14194 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
14195 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
14196 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
14197 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
14198 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
14199 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
14200 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
14201 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
14202 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
14203 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
14204 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
14205 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
14206 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
14207 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
14208 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
14209 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
14210 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
14211 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
14212 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
14213 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
14214 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
14215 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
14216 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
14217 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
14218 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
14219 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
14220 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
14221 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
14222 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
14223 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
14224 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
14225 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
14226 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
14227 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
14228 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
14229 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
14230 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
14231 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
14236 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
14240 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
14242 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
14243 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
14245 /* xgettext:c-format */
14246 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
14248 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
14249 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
14250 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
14251 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
14252 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
14253 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
14254 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
14255 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
14256 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
14257 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
14258 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
14259 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
14260 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
14261 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
14263 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
14265 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
14266 fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
14267 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
14268 fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
14269 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
14270 fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
14271 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
14272 fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
14273 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
14274 fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
14275 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
14276 fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
14277 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
14278 fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
14279 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
14280 fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
14281 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
14282 fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
14284 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
14286 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
14287 fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
14289 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
14290 fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
14292 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
14293 fprintf (file, " [micromips]");
14295 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
14296 fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
14298 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
14300 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
14301 fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
14303 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
14304 fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
14306 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
14307 fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
14309 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
14310 fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
14312 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
14313 fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
14315 fputc ('\n', file);
14320 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
14322 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14323 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14324 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
14325 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14326 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14327 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
14328 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
14331 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
14332 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
14333 definiton of the symbol. */
14335 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
14336 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
14337 bfd_boolean definition,
14338 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14340 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
14342 unsigned char other;
14344 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
14345 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
14346 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
14350 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
14351 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
14354 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
14355 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
14357 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
14359 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
14363 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
14365 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
14366 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
14367 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
14370 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
14371 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
14374 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
14375 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14378 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
14379 + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
14383 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
14385 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
14386 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
14388 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
14391 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
14392 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
14394 if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
14395 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;